Show Greek
Hide Greek
Show English
Hide English


Φίληβος
Print source: Platonis Opera, ed. John Burnet, Oxford University Press, 1903.

Electronic source: Perseus Digital Library
Philebus
Print source: Plato in Twelve Volumes, Vol. 9 translated by Harold N. Fowler., Cambridge, MA, Harvard University Press; London, William Heinemann Ltd., 1925.

Electronic source: Perseus Digital Library
11a
Σωκράτης:
ὅρα δή, Πρώταρχε, τίνα λόγον μέλλεις παρὰ Φιλήβου δέχεσθαι νυνὶ καὶ πρὸς τίνα τὸν παρ' ἡμῖν ἀμφισβητεῖν,
11a
Socrates:
Observe, then, Protarchus, what the doctrine is which you are now to accept from Philebus, and what our doctrine is, against which you are to argue, if you do not agree with it.
11b
ἐὰν μή σοι κατὰ νοῦν ᾖ λεγόμενος. βούλει συγκεφαλαιωσώμεθα ἑκάτερον;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
Φίληβος μὲν τοίνυν ἀγαθὸν εἶναί φησι τὸ χαίρειν πᾶσι ζῴοις καὶ τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ τέρψιν, καὶ ὅσα τοῦ γένους ἐστὶ τούτου σύμφωνα: τὸ δὲ παρ' ἡμῶν ἀμφισβήτημά ἐστι μὴ ταῦτα, ἀλλὰ τὸ φρονεῖν καὶ τὸ νοεῖν καὶ μεμνῆσθαι καὶ τὰ τούτων αὖ συγγενῆ, δόξαν τε ὀρθὴν καὶ ἀληθεῖς λογισμούς, τῆς γε ἡδονῆς ἀμείνω καὶ λῴω γίγνεσθαι σύμπασιν ὅσαπερ
11b
Shall we make a brief statement of each of them?
Protarchus:
By all means.
Socrates:
Very well: Philebus says that to all living beings enjoyment and pleasure and gaiety and whatever accords with that sort of thing are a good; whereas our contention is that not these, but wisdom and thought and memory and their kindred, right opinion and true reasonings,
11c
αὐτῶν δυνατὰ μεταλαβεῖν: δυνατοῖς δὲ μετασχεῖν ὠφελιμώτατον ἁπάντων εἶναι πᾶσι τοῖς οὖσί τε καὶ ἐσομένοις. μῶν οὐχ οὕτω πως λέγομεν, ὦ Φίληβε, ἑκάτεροι;
Φίληβος:
πάντων μὲν οὖν μάλιστα, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
δέχῃ δὴ τοῦτον τὸν νῦν διδόμενον, ὦ Πρώταρχε, λόγον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀνάγκη δέχεσθαι: Φίληβος γὰρ ἡμῖν ὁ καλὸς ἀπείρηκεν.
Σωκράτης:
δεῖ δὴ περὶ αὐτῶν τρόπῳ παντὶ τἀληθές πῃ περανθῆναι;
11c
are better and more excellent than pleasure for all who are capable of taking part in them, and that for all those now existing or to come who can partake of them they are the most advantageous of all things. Those are pretty nearly the two doctrines we maintain, are they not, Philebus?
Philebus:
Yes, Socrates, exactly.
Socrates:
And do you, Protarchus, accept this doctrine which is now committed to you?
Protarchus:
I must accept it; for our handsome Philebus has withdrawn.
Socrates:
And must the truth about these doctrines be attained by every possible means?
11d
Πρώταρχος:
δεῖ γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἴθι δή, πρὸς τούτοις διομολογησώμεθα καὶ τόδε.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὡς νῦν ἡμῶν ἑκάτερος ἕξιν ψυχῆς καὶ διάθεσιν ἀποφαίνειν τινὰ ἐπιχειρήσει τὴν δυναμένην ἀνθρώποις πᾶσι τὸν βίον εὐδαίμονα παρέχειν. ἆρ' οὐχ οὕτως;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτω μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ὑμεῖς μὲν τὴν τοῦ χαίρειν, ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ τὴν τοῦ φρονεῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστι ταῦτα.
Σωκράτης:
τί δ' ἂν ἄλλη τις κρείττων τούτων φανῇ; μῶν οὐκ,
11d
Protarchus:
Yes, it must.
Socrates:
Then let us further agree to this:
Protarchus:
To what?
Socrates:
That each of us will next try to prove clearly that it is a condition and disposition of the soul which can make life happy for all human beings. Is not that what we are going to do?
Protarchus:
It is.
Socrates:
Then you will show that it is the condition of pleasure, and I that it is that of wisdom?
Protarchus:
True.
Socrates:
What if some other life be found superior to these two?
11e
ἂν μὲν ἡδονῇ μᾶλλον φαίνηται συγγενής, ἡττώμεθα μὲν ἀμφότεροι τοῦ ταῦτα ἔχοντος βεβαίως βίου, κρατεῖ δὲ ὁ τῆς
11e
Then if that life is found to be more akin to pleasure, both of us are defeated, are we not, by the life which has firm possession of this superiority,
12a
ἡδονῆς τὸν τῆς φρονήσεως;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
ἂν δέ γε φρονήσει, νικᾷ μὲν φρόνησις τὴν ἡδονήν, ἡ δὲ ἡττᾶται; ταῦθ' οὕτως ὁμολογούμενά φατε, ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
ἐμοὶ γοῦν δοκεῖ.
Σωκράτης:
τί δὲ Φιλήβῳ; τί φῄς;
Φίληβος:
ἐμοὶ μὲν πάντως νικᾶν ἡδονὴ δοκεῖ καὶ δόξει: σὺ δέ, Πρώταρχε, αὐτὸς γνώσῃ.
Πρώταρχος:
παραδούς, ὦ Φίληβε, ἡμῖν τὸν λόγον οὐκ ἂν ἔτι κύριος εἴης τῆς πρὸς Σωκράτη ὁμολογίας ἢ καὶ τοὐναντίον.
12a
but the life of pleasure is victor over the life of wisdom.
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
But if it is more akin to wisdom, then wisdom is victorious and pleasure is vanquished? Do you agree to that? Or what do you say?
Protarchus:
Yes, I at least am satisfied with that.
Socrates:
But how about you, Philebus? What do you say?
Philebus:
I think and always shall think that pleasure is the victor. But you, Protarchus, will make your own decision.
Protarchus:
Since you entrusted the argument to me, Philebus, you can no longer dictate whether to make the agreement with Socrates or not.
12b
Φίληβος:
ἀληθῆ λέγεις: ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἀφοσιοῦμαι καὶ μαρτύρομαι νῦν αὐτὴν τὴν θεόν.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ ἡμεῖς σοι τούτων γε αὐτῶν συμμάρτυρες ἂν εἶμεν, ὡς ταῦτα ἔλεγες ἃ λέγεις. ἀλλὰ δὴ τὰ μετὰ ταῦτα ἑξῆς, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὅμως καὶ μετὰ Φιλήβου ἑκόντος ἢ ὅπως ἂν ἐθέλῃ πειρώμεθα περαίνειν.
Σωκράτης:
πειρατέον, ἀπ' αὐτῆς δὴ τῆς θεοῦ, ἣν ὅδε Ἀφροδίτην μὲν λέγεσθαί φησι, τὸ δ' ἀληθέστατον αὐτῆς ὄνομα ἡδονὴν εἶναι.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα.
12b
Philebus:
True; and for that reason I wash my hands of it and now call upon the goddess
herself to witness that I do so.
Protarchus:
And we also will bear witness to these words of yours. But all the same, Socrates, Philebus may agree or do as he likes, let us try to finish our argument in due order.
Socrates:
We must try, and let us begin with the very goddess who Philebus says is spoken of as Aphrodite but is most truly named Pleasure.
Protarchus:
Quite right.
12c
Σωκράτης:
τὸ δ' ἐμὸν δέος, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἀεὶ πρὸς τὰ τῶν θεῶν ὀνόματα οὐκ ἔστι κατ' ἄνθρωπον, ἀλλὰ πέρα τοῦ μεγίστου φόβου. καὶ νῦν τὴν μὲν Ἀφροδίτην, ὅπῃ ἐκείνῃ φίλον, ταύτῃ προσαγορεύω: τὴν δὲ ἡδονὴν οἶδα ὡς ἔστι ποικίλον, καὶ ὅπερ εἶπον, ἀπ' ἐκείνης ἡμᾶς ἀρχομένους ἐνθυμεῖσθαι δεῖ καὶ σκοπεῖν ἥντινα φύσιν ἔχει. ἔστι γάρ, ἀκούειν μὲν οὕτως ἁπλῶς, ἕν τι, μορφὰς δὲ δήπου παντοίας εἴληφε καί τινα τρόπον ἀνομοίους ἀλλήλαις. ἰδὲ γάρ: ἥδεσθαι μέν φαμεν
12c
Socrates:
My awe, Protarchus, in respect to the names of the gods is always beyond the greatest human fear. And now I call Aphrodite by that name which is agreeable to her; but pleasure I know has various aspects, and since, as I said, we are to begin with her, we must consider and examine what her nature is. For, when you just simply hear her name, she is only one thing, but surely she takes on all sorts of shapes which are even, in a way, unlike each other. For instance, we say that the man
12d
τὸν ἀκολασταίνοντα ἄνθρωπον, ἥδεσθαι δὲ καὶ τὸν σωφρονοῦντα αὐτῷ τῷ σωφρονεῖν: ἥδεσθαι δ' αὖ καὶ τὸν ἀνοηταίνοντα καὶ ἀνοήτων δοξῶν καὶ ἐλπίδων μεστόν, ἥδεσθαι δ' αὖ τὸν φρονοῦντα αὐτῷ τῷ φρονεῖν: καὶ τούτων τῶν ἡδονῶν ἑκατέρας πῶς ἄν τις ὁμοίας ἀλλήλαις εἶναι λέγων οὐκ ἀνόητος φαίνοιτο ἐνδίκως;
Πρώταρχος:
εἰσὶ μὲν γὰρ ἀπ' ἐναντίων, ὦ Σώκρατες, αὗται πραγμάτων, οὐ μὴν αὐταί γε ἀλλήλαις ἐναντίαι. πῶς γὰρ
12d
who lives without restraint has pleasure, and that the self-restrained man takes pleasure in his very self-restraint; and again that the fool who is full of foolish opinions and hopes is pleased, and also that the wise man takes pleasure in his very wisdom. And would not any person who said these two kinds of pleasure were like each other be rightly regarded as a fool?
Protarchus:
No, Socrates, for though they spring from opposite sources, they are not in themselves opposed to one another;
12e
ἡδονῇ γε ἡδονὴ [μὴ] οὐχ ὁμοιότατον ἂν εἴη, τοῦτο αὐτὸ ἑαυτῷ, πάντων χρημάτων;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ γὰρ χρῶμα, ὦ δαιμόνιε, χρώματι: κατά γε αὐτὸ τοῦτο οὐδὲν διοίσει τὸ χρῶμα εἶναι πᾶν, τό γε μὴν μέλαν τῷ λευκῷ πάντες γιγνώσκομεν ὡς πρὸς τῷ διάφορον εἶναι καὶ ἐναντιώτατον ὂν τυγχάνει. καὶ δὴ καὶ σχῆμα σχήματι κατὰ ταὐτόν: γένει μέν ἐστι πᾶν ἕν, τὰ δὲ μέρη τοῖς μέρεσιν
12e
for how can pleasure help being of all things most like pleasure, that is, like itself?
Socrates:
Yes, my friend, and color is like color in so far as every one of them is a color they will all be the same, yet we all recognize that black is not only different from white, but is its exact opposite. And so, too, figure is like figure; they are all one in kind but the parts of the kind are in some instances absolutely opposed to each other,
13a
αὐτοῦ τὰ μὲν ἐναντιώτατα ἀλλήλοις, τὰ δὲ διαφορότητ' ἔχοντα μυρίαν που τυγχάνει, καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα οὕτως ἔχονθ' εὑρήσομεν. ὥστε τούτῳ γε τῷ λόγῳ μὴ πίστευε, τῷ πάντα τὰ ἐναντιώτατα ἓν ποιοῦντι. φοβοῦμαι δὲ μή τινας ἡδονὰς ἡδοναῖς εὑρήσομεν ἐναντίας.
Πρώταρχος:
ἴσως: ἀλλὰ τί τοῦθ' ἡμῶν βλάψει τὸν λόγον;
Σωκράτης:
ὅτι προσαγορεύεις αὐτὰ ἀνόμοια ὄντα ἑτέρῳ, φήσομεν, ὀνόματι: λέγεις γὰρ ἀγαθὰ πάντ' εἶναι τὰ ἡδέα. τὸ μὲν οὖν μὴ οὐχὶ ἡδέα εἶναι τὰ ἡδέα λόγος οὐδεὶς ἀμφισβητεῖ:
13a
and in other cases there is endless variety of difference; and we can find many other examples of such relations. Do not, therefore, rely upon this argument, which makes all the most absolute opposites identical. I am afraid we shall find some pleasures the opposites of other pleasures.
Protarchus:
Perhaps; but why will that injure my contention?
Socrates:
Because I shall say that, although they are unlike, you apply to them a different designation. For you say that all pleasant things are good. Now no argument contends
13b
κακὰ δ' ὄντα αὐτῶν τὰ πολλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ δέ, ὡς ἡμεῖς φαμέν, ὅμως πάντα σὺ προσαγορεύεις ἀγαθὰ αὐτά, ὁμολογῶν ἀνόμοια εἶναι, τῷ λόγῳ εἴ τίς σε προσαναγκάζοι. τί οὖν δὴ ταὐτὸν ἐν ταῖς κακαῖς ὁμοίως καὶ ἐν ἀγαθαῖς ἐνὸν πάσας ἡδονὰς ἀγαθὸν εἶναι προσαγορεύεις;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες; οἴει γάρ τινα συγχωρήσεσθαι, θέμενον ἡδονὴν εἶναι τἀγαθόν, εἶτα ἀνέξεσθαί σου
13b
that pleasant things are not pleasant; but whereas most of them are bad and only some are good, as we assert, nevertheless you call them all good, though you confess, if forced to it by argument, that they are unlike. Now what is the identical element which exists in the good and bad pleasures alike and makes you call them all a good?
Protarchus:
What do you mean, Socrates? Do you suppose anyone who asserts that the good is pleasure will concede, or will endure to hear you say, that some pleasures are good
13c
λέγοντος τὰς μὲν εἶναί τινας ἀγαθὰς ἡδονάς, τὰς δέ τινας ἑτέρας αὐτῶν κακάς;
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' οὖν ἀνομοίους γε φήσεις αὐτὰς ἀλλήλαις εἶναι καί τινας ἐναντίας.
Πρώταρχος:
οὔτι καθ' ὅσον γε ἡδοναί.
Σωκράτης:
πάλιν εἰς τὸν αὐτὸν φερόμεθα λόγον, ὦ Πρώταρχε, οὐδ' ἄρα ἡδονὴν ἡδονῆς διάφορον, ἀλλὰ πάσας ὁμοίας εἶναι φήσομεν, καὶ τὰ παραδείγματα ἡμᾶς τὰ νυνδὴ λεχθέντα οὐδὲν τιτρώσκει, πεισόμεθα δὲ καὶ ἐροῦμεν ἅπερ οἱ πάντων
13c
and others bad?
Socrates:
But you will concede that they are unlike and in some instances opposed to each other.
Protarchus:
Not in so far as they are pleasures.
Socrates:
Here we are again at the same old argument, Protarchus, and we shall presently assert that one pleasure is not different from another, but all pleasures are alike, and the examples just cited do not affect us at all, but we shall behave and talk just like the most worthless
13d
φαυλότατοί τε καὶ περὶ λόγους ἅμα νέοι.
Πρώταρχος:
τὰ ποῖα δὴ λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
ὅτι σε μιμούμενος ἐγὼ καὶ ἀμυνόμενος ἐὰν τολμῶ λέγειν ὡς τὸ ἀνομοιότατόν ἐστι τῷ ἀνομοιοτάτῳ πάντων ὁμοιότατον, ἕξω τὰ αὐτὰ σοὶ λέγειν, καὶ φανούμεθά γε νεώτεροι τοῦ δέοντος, καὶ ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν ἐκπεσὼν οἰχήσεται. πάλιν οὖν αὐτὸν ἀνακρουώμεθα, καὶ τάχ' ἂν ἰόντες εἰς τὰς ὁμοίας ἴσως ἄν πως ἀλλήλοις συγχωρήσαιμεν.
13d
and inexperienced reasoners.
Protarchus:
In what way do you mean?
Socrates:
Why, if I have the face to imitate you and to defend myself by saying that the utterly unlike is most completely like that which is most utterly unlike it, I can say the same things you said, and we shall prove ourselves to be excessively inexperienced, and our argument will be shipwrecked and lost. Let us, then, back her out, and perhaps if we start fair again we may come to an agreement.
13e
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ἐμὲ θὲς ὑπὸ σοῦ πάλιν ἐρωτώμενον, ὦ Πρώταρχε.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον δή;
Σωκράτης:
φρόνησίς τε καὶ ἐπιστήμη καὶ νοῦς καὶ πάνθ' ὁπόσα δὴ κατ' ἀρχὰς ἐγὼ θέμενος εἶπον ἀγαθά, διερωτώμενος ὅτι ποτ' ἐστὶν ἀγαθόν, ἆρ' οὐ ταὐτὸν πείσονται τοῦτο ὅπερ ὁ σὸς λόγος;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
πολλαί τε αἱ συνάπασαι ἐπιστῆμαι δόξουσιν εἶναι καὶ ἀνόμοιοί τινες αὐτῶν ἀλλήλαις: εἰ δὲ καὶ ἐναντίαι πῃ
13e
Protarchus:
How? Tell me.
Socrates:
Assume, Protarchus, that I am questioned in turn by you.
Protarchus:
What question do I ask?
Socrates:
Whether wisdom and knowledge and intellect and all the things which I said at first were good, when you asked me what is good, will not have the same fate as this argument of yours.
Protarchus:
How is that?
Socrates:
It will appear that the forms of knowledge collectively are many and some of them are unlike each other; but if some of them
14a
γίγνονταί τινες, ἆρα ἄξιος ἂν εἴην τοῦ διαλέγεσθαι νῦν, εἰ φοβηθεὶς τοῦτο αὐτὸ μηδεμίαν ἀνόμοιον φαίην ἐπιστήμην ἐπιστήμῃ γίγνεσθαι, κἄπειθ' ἡμῖν οὕτως ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ μῦθος ἀπολόμενος οἴχοιτο, αὐτοὶ δὲ σῳζοίμεθα ἐπί τινος ἀλογίας;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' οὐ μὴν δεῖ τοῦτο γενέσθαι, πλὴν τοῦ σωθῆναι. τό γε μήν μοι ἴσον τοῦ σοῦ τε καὶ ἐμοῦ λόγου ἀρέσκει: πολλαὶ μὲν ἡδοναὶ καὶ ἀνόμοιοι γιγνέσθων, πολλαὶ δὲ ἐπιστῆμαι καὶ διάφοροι.
14a
turn out to be actually opposites, should I be fit to engage in dialectics now if, through fear of just that, I should say that no form of knowledge is unlike any other, and then, as a consequence, our argument should vanish and be lost, like a tale that is told, and we ourselves should be saved by clinging to some irrational notion?
Protarchus:
No, that must never be, except the part about our being saved. However, I like the equal treatment of your doctrine and mine. Let us grant that pleasures are many and unlike and that the forms of knowledge are many and different.
14b
Σωκράτης:
τὴν τοίνυν διαφορότητα, ὦ Πρώταρχε, [τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ] τοῦ τ' ἐμοῦ καὶ τοῦ σοῦ μὴ ἀποκρυπτόμενοι, κατατιθέντες δὲ εἰς τὸ μέσον, τολμῶμεν, ἄν πῃ ἐλεγχόμενοι μηνύσωσι πότερον ἡδονὴν τἀγαθὸν δεῖ λέγειν ἢ φρόνησιν ἤ τι τρίτον ἄλλο εἶναι. νῦν γὰρ οὐ δήπου πρός γε αὐτὸ τοῦτο φιλονικοῦμεν, ὅπως ἁγὼ τίθεμαι, ταῦτ' ἔσται τὰ νικῶντα, ἢ ταῦθ' ἃ σύ, τῷ δ' ἀληθεστάτῳ δεῖ που συμμαχεῖν ἡμᾶς ἄμφω.
Πρώταρχος:
δεῖ γὰρ οὖν.
14b
Socrates:
With no concealment, then, Protarchus, of the difference between my good and yours, but with fair and open acknowledgement of it, let us be bold and see if perchance on examination they will tell us whether we should say that pleasure is the good, or wisdom, or some other third principle. For surely the object of our present controversy is not to gain the victory for my assertions or yours, but both of us must fight for the most perfect truth.
Protarchus:
Yes, we must.
Socrates:
Then let us establish this principle still more firmly
14c
Σωκράτης:
τοῦτον τοίνυν τὸν λόγον ἔτι μᾶλλον δι' ὁμολογίας βεβαιωσώμεθα.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸν ποῖον δή;
Σωκράτης:
τὸν πᾶσι παρέχοντα ἀνθρώποις πράγματα ἑκοῦσί τε καὶ ἄκουσιν ἐνίοις καὶ ἐνίοτε.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε σαφέστερον.
Σωκράτης:
τὸν νυνδὴ παραπεσόντα λέγω, φύσει πως πεφυκότα θαυμαστόν. ἓν γὰρ δὴ τὰ πολλὰ εἶναι καὶ τὸ ἓν πολλὰ θαυμαστὸν λεχθέν, καὶ ῥᾴδιον ἀμφισβητῆσαι τῷ τούτων ὁποτερονοῦν τιθεμένῳ.
Πρώταρχος:
ἆρ' οὖν λέγεις ὅταν τις ἐμὲ φῇ Πρώταρχον ἕνα
14c
by means of an agreement.
Protarchus:
What principle?
Socrates:
The principle which gives trouble to all men, to some of them sometimes against their will.
Protarchus:
Speak more plainly.
Socrates:
I mean the principle which came in our way just now; its nature is quite marvellous. For the assertions that one is many and many are one are marvellous, and it is easy to dispute with anyone who makes either of them.
Protarchus:
You mean when a person says that I, Protarchus,
14d
γεγονότα φύσει πολλοὺς εἶναι πάλιν τοὺς ἐμὲ καὶ ἐναντίους ἀλλήλοις, μέγαν καὶ σμικρὸν τιθέμενος καὶ βαρὺν καὶ κοῦφον τὸν αὐτὸν καὶ ἄλλα μυρία;
Σωκράτης:
σὺ μέν, ὦ Πρώταρχε, εἴρηκας τὰ δεδημευμένα τῶν θαυμαστῶν περὶ τὸ ἓν καὶ πολλά, συγκεχωρημένα δὲ ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν ὑπὸ πάντων ἤδη μὴ δεῖν τῶν τοιούτων ἅπτεσθαι, παιδαριώδη καὶ ῥᾴδια καὶ σφόδρα τοῖς λόγοις ἐμπόδια ὑπολαμβανόντων γίγνεσθαι, ἐπεὶ μηδὲ τὰ τοιάδε, ὅταν τις
14d
am by nature one and that there are also many of me which are opposites of each other, asserting that I, the same Protarchus, am great and small and heavy and light and countless other things?
Socrates:
Those wonders concerning the one and the many which you have mentioned, Protarchus, are common property, and almost everybody is agreed that they ought to be disregarded because they are childish and easy and great hindrances to speculation; and this sort of thing also should be disregarded,
14e
ἑκάστου τὰ μέλη τε καὶ ἅμα μέρη διελὼν τῷ λόγῳ, πάντα ταῦτα τὸ ἓν ἐκεῖνο εἶναι διομολογησάμενος, ἐλέγχῃ καταγελῶν ὅτι τέρατα διηνάγκασται φάναι, τό τε ἓν ὡς πολλά ἐστι καὶ ἄπειρα, καὶ τὰ πολλὰ ὡς ἓν μόνον.
Πρώταρχος:
σὺ δὲ δὴ ποῖα, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἕτερα λέγεις, ἃ μήπω συγκεχωρημένα δεδήμευται περὶ τὸν αὐτὸν τοῦτον λόγον;
14e
when a man in his discussion divides the members and likewise the parts of anything, acknowledges that they all collectively are that one thing, and then mockingly refutes himself because he has been compelled to declare miracles—that the one is many and infinite and the many only one.
Protarchus:
But what other wonders do you mean, Socrates, in relation to this same principle, which are not yet common property and generally acknowledged?
15a
Σωκράτης:
ὁπόταν, ὦ παῖ, τὸ ἓν μὴ τῶν γιγνομένων τε καὶ ἀπολλυμένων τις τιθῆται, καθάπερ ἀρτίως ἡμεῖς εἴπομεν. ἐνταυθοῖ μὲν γὰρ καὶ τὸ τοιοῦτον ἕν, ὅπερ εἴπομεν νυνδή, συγκεχώρηται τὸ μὴ δεῖν ἐλέγχειν: ὅταν δέ τις ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐπιχειρῇ τίθεσθαι καὶ βοῦν ἕνα καὶ τὸ καλὸν ἓν καὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν ἕν, περὶ τούτων τῶν ἑνάδων καὶ τῶν τοιούτων ἡ πολλὴ σπουδὴ μετὰ διαιρέσεως ἀμφισβήτησις γίγνεται.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
15a
Socrates:
I mean, my boy, when a person postulates unity which is not the unity of one of the things which come into being and perish, as in the examples we had just now. For in cases of a unity of that sort, as I just said, it is agreed that refutation is needless. But when the assertion is made that man is one, or ox is one, or beauty is one, or the good is one, the intense interest in these and similar unities becomes disagreement and controversy.
Protarchus:
How is that?
15b
Σωκράτης:
πρῶτον μὲν εἴ τινας δεῖ τοιαύτας εἶναι μονάδας ὑπολαμβάνειν ἀληθῶς οὔσας: εἶτα πῶς αὖ ταύτας, μίαν ἑκάστην οὖσαν ἀεὶ τὴν αὐτὴν καὶ μήτε γένεσιν μήτε ὄλεθρον προσδεχομένην, ὅμως εἶναι βεβαιότατα μίαν ταύτην; μετὰ δὲ τοῦτ' ἐν τοῖς γιγνομένοις αὖ καὶ ἀπείροις εἴτε διεσπασμένην καὶ πολλὰ γεγονυῖαν θετέον, εἴθ' ὅλην αὐτὴν αὑτῆς χωρίς, ὃ δὴ πάντων ἀδυνατώτατον φαίνοιτ' ἄν, ταὐτὸν καὶ ἓν ἅμα ἐν ἑνί τε καὶ πολλοῖς γίγνεσθαι. ταῦτ' ἔστι τὰ
15b
Socrates:
The first question is whether we should believe that such unities really exist; the second, how these unities, each of which is one, always the same, and admitting neither generation nor destruction, can nevertheless be permanently this one unity; and the third, how in the infinite number of things which come into being this unity, whether we are to assume that it is dispersed and has become many, or that it is entirely separated from itself—which would seem to be the most impossible notion of all being the same and one, is to be at the same time in one and in many. These are the questions, Protarchus, about this kind of one and many,
15c
περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα ἓν καὶ πολλά, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐκεῖνα, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἁπάσης ἀπορίας αἴτια μὴ καλῶς ὁμολογηθέντα καὶ εὐπορίας [ἂν] αὖ καλῶς.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκοῦν χρὴ τοῦθ' ἡμᾶς, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἐν τῷ νῦν πρῶτον διαπονήσασθαι;
Σωκράτης:
ὡς γοῦν ἐγὼ φαίην ἄν.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πάντας τοίνυν ἡμᾶς ὑπόλαβε συγχωρεῖν σοι τούσδε τὰ τοιαῦτα: Φίληβον δ' ἴσως κράτιστον ἐν τῷ νῦν ἐπερωτῶντα μὴ κινεῖν εὖ κείμενον.
15c
not those others, which cause the utmost perplexity, if ill solved, and are, if well solved, of the greatest assistance.
Protarchus:
Then is it now, Socrates, our first duty to thresh this matter out?
Socrates:
Yes, that is what I should say.
Protarchus:
You may assume, then, that we are all willing to agree with you about that; and perhaps it is best not to ask Philebus any questions; let sleeping dogs lie.
15d
Σωκράτης:
εἶεν: πόθεν οὖν τις ταύτης ἄρξηται πολλῆς οὔσης καὶ παντοίας περὶ τὰ ἀμφισβητούμενα μάχης; ἆρ' ἐνθένδε;
Πρώταρχος:
πόθεν;
Σωκράτης:
φαμέν που ταὐτὸν ἓν καὶ πολλὰ ὑπὸ λόγων γιγνόμενα περιτρέχειν πάντῃ καθ' ἕκαστον τῶν λεγομένων ἀεί, καὶ πάλαι καὶ νῦν. καὶ τοῦτο οὔτε μὴ παύσηταί ποτε οὔτε ἤρξατο νῦν, ἀλλ' ἔστι τὸ τοιοῦτον, ὡς ἐμοὶ φαίνεται, τῶν λόγων αὐτῶν ἀθάνατόν τι καὶ ἀγήρων πάθος ἐν ἡμῖν: ὁ δὲ πρῶτον αὐτοῦ γευσάμενος ἑκάστοτε τῶν νέων, ἡσθεὶς ὥς
15d
Socrates:
Very well; then where shall we begin this great and vastly complicated battle about the matters at issue? Shall we start at this point?
Protarchus:
At what point?
Socrates:
We say that one and many are identified by reason, and always, both now and in the past, circulate everywhere in every thought that is uttered. This is no new thing and will never cease; it is, in my opinion, a quality within us which will never die or grow old, and which belongs to reason itself as such. And any young man, when he first has an inkling of this, is delighted,
15e
τινα σοφίας ηὑρηκὼς θησαυρόν, ὑφ' ἡδονῆς ἐνθουσιᾷ τε καὶ πάντα κινεῖ λόγον ἅσμενος, τοτὲ μὲν ἐπὶ θάτερα κυκλῶν καὶ συμφύρων εἰς ἕν, τοτὲ δὲ πάλιν ἀνειλίττων καὶ διαμερίζων, εἰς ἀπορίαν αὑτὸν μὲν πρῶτον καὶ μάλιστα καταβάλλων, δεύτερον δ' ἀεὶ τὸν ἐχόμενον, ἄντε νεώτερος ἄντε πρεσβύτερος ἄντε ἧλιξ ὢν τυγχάνῃ, φειδόμενος οὔτε πατρὸς οὔτε μητρὸς
15e
thinking he has found a treasure of wisdom; his joy fills him with enthusiasm; he joyously sets every possible argument in motion, sometimes in one direction, rolling things up and kneading them into one, and sometimes again unrolling and dividing them; he gets himself into a muddle first and foremost, then anyone who happens to be near him, whether he be younger or older or of his own age;
16a
οὔτε ἄλλου τῶν ἀκουόντων οὐδενός, ὀλίγου δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων, οὐ μόνον τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἐπεὶ βαρβάρων γε οὐδενὸς ἂν φείσαιτο, εἴπερ μόνον ἑρμηνέα ποθὲν ἔχοι.
Πρώταρχος:
ἆρ', ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐχ ὁρᾷς ἡμῶν τὸ πλῆθος, ὅτι νέοι πάντες ἐσμέν, καὶ οὐ φοβῇ μή σοι μετὰ Φιλήβου συνεπιθώμεθα, ἐὰν ἡμᾶς λοιδορῇς; ὅμως δὲ μανθάνομεν γὰρ ὃ λέγεις, εἴ τις τρόπος ἔστι καὶ μηχανὴ τὴν μὲν τοιαύτην ταραχὴν ἡμῖν ἔξω τοῦ λόγου εὐμενῶς πως ἀπελθεῖν, ὁδὸν δέ
16a
he spares neither father nor mother nor any other human being who can hear, and hardly even the lower animals, for he would certainly not spare a foreigner,
if he could get an interpreter anywhere.
Protarchus:
Socrates, do you not see how many we are and that we are all young men? Are you not afraid that we shall join with Philebus and attack you, if you revile us? However—for we understand your meaning—if there is any way or means of removing this confusion gently from our discussion
16b
τινα καλλίω ταύτης ἐπὶ τὸν λόγον ἀνευρεῖν, σύ τε προθυμοῦ τοῦτο καὶ ἡμεῖς συνακολουθήσομεν εἰς δύναμιν: οὐ γὰρ σμικρὸς ὁ παρὼν λόγος, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
οὐ γὰρ οὖν, ὦ παῖδες, ὥς φησιν ὑμᾶς προσαγορεύων Φίληβος. οὐ μὴν ἔστι καλλίων ὁδὸς οὐδ' ἂν γένοιτο ἧς ἐγὼ ἐραστὴς μέν εἰμι ἀεί, πολλάκις δέ με ἤδη διαφυγοῦσα ἔρημον καὶ ἄπορον κατέστησεν.
Πρώταρχος:
τίς αὕτη; λεγέσθω μόνον.
16b
and finding some better road than this to bring us towards the goal of our argument, kindly lead on, and we will do our best to follow for our present discussion, Socrates, is no trifling matter.
Socrates:
No, it is not, boys, as Philebus calls you; and there certainly is no better road, nor can there ever be, than that which I have always loved, though it has often deserted me, leaving me lonely and forlorn.
Protarchus:
What is the road? Only tell us.
16c
Σωκράτης:
ἣν δηλῶσαι μὲν οὐ πάνυ χαλεπόν, χρῆσθαι δὲ παγχάλεπον: πάντα γὰρ ὅσα τέχνης ἐχόμενα ἀνηυρέθη πώποτε διὰ ταύτης φανερὰ γέγονε. σκόπει δὲ ἣν λέγω.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε μόνον.
Σωκράτης:
θεῶν μὲν εἰς ἀνθρώπους δόσις, ὥς γε καταφαίνεται ἐμοί, ποθὲν ἐκ θεῶν ἐρρίφη διά τινος Προμηθέως ἅμα φανοτάτῳ τινὶ πυρί: καὶ οἱ μὲν παλαιοί, κρείττονες ἡμῶν καὶ ἐγγυτέρω θεῶν οἰκοῦντες, ταύτην φήμην παρέδοσαν, ὡς ἐξ ἑνὸς μὲν καὶ πολλῶν ὄντων τῶν ἀεὶ λεγομένων εἶναι, πέρας δὲ καὶ ἀπειρίαν ἐν αὑτοῖς σύμφυτον ἐχόντων. δεῖν
16c
Socrates:
One which is easy to point out, but very difficult to follow for through it all the inventions of art have been brought to light. See this is the road I mean.
Protarchus:
Go on what is it?
Socrates:
A gift of gods to men, as I believe, was tossed down from some divine source through the agency of a Prometheus together with a gleaming fire; and the ancients, who were better than we and lived nearer the gods, handed down the tradition that all the things which are ever said to exist are sprung from one and many and have inherent in them the finite and the infinite. This being the way in which these things are arranged,
16d
οὖν ἡμᾶς τούτων οὕτω διακεκοσμημένων ἀεὶ μίαν ἰδέαν περὶ παντὸς ἑκάστοτε θεμένους ζητεῖν—εὑρήσειν γὰρ ἐνοῦσαν— ἐὰν οὖν μεταλάβωμεν, μετὰ μίαν δύο, εἴ πως εἰσί, σκοπεῖν, εἰ δὲ μή, τρεῖς ἤ τινα ἄλλον ἀριθμόν, καὶ τῶν ἓν ἐκείνων ἕκαστον πάλιν ὡσαύτως, μέχριπερ ἂν τὸ κατ' ἀρχὰς ἓν μὴ ὅτι ἓν καὶ πολλὰ καὶ ἄπειρά ἐστι μόνον ἴδῃ τις, ἀλλὰ καὶ ὁπόσα: τὴν δὲ τοῦ ἀπείρου ἰδέαν πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος μὴ προσφέρειν πρὶν ἄν τις τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτοῦ πάντα κατίδῃ τὸν
16d
we must always assume that there is in every case one idea of everything and must look for it—for we shall find that it is there—and if we get a grasp of this, we must look next for two, if there be two, and if not, for three or some other number; and again we must treat each of those units in the same way, until we can see not only that the original unit is one and many and infinite, but just how many it is. And we must not apply the idea of infinite to plurality until we have a view of its whole number
16e
μεταξὺ τοῦ ἀπείρου τε καὶ τοῦ ἑνός, τότε δ' ἤδη τὸ ἓν ἕκαστον τῶν πάντων εἰς τὸ ἄπειρον μεθέντα χαίρειν ἐᾶν. οἱ μὲν οὖν θεοί, ὅπερ εἶπον, οὕτως ἡμῖν παρέδοσαν σκοπεῖν καὶ μανθάνειν καὶ διδάσκειν ἀλλήλους: οἱ δὲ νῦν τῶν ἀνθρώπων
16e
between infinity and one; then, and not before, we may let each unit of everything pass on unhindered into infinity. The gods, then, as I said, handed down to us this mode of investigating, learning, and teaching one another; but the wise men of the present day make the one
17a
σοφοὶ ἓν μέν, ὅπως ἂν τύχωσι, καὶ πολλὰ θᾶττον καὶ βραδύτερον ποιοῦσι τοῦ δέοντος, μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἓν ἄπειρα εὐθύς, τὰ δὲ μέσα αὐτοὺς ἐκφεύγει—οἷς διακεχώρισται τό τε διαλεκτικῶς πάλιν καὶ τὸ ἐριστικῶς ἡμᾶς ποιεῖσθαι πρὸς ἀλλήλους τοὺς λόγους.
Πρώταρχος:
τὰ μέν πως, ὦ Σώκρατες, δοκῶ σου μανθάνειν, τὰ δὲ ἔτι σαφέστερον δέομαι ἃ λέγεις ἀκοῦσαι.
Σωκράτης:
σαφὲς μήν, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἐστὶν ἐν τοῖς γράμμασιν ὃ λέγω, καὶ λάμβαν' αὐτὸ ἐν τούτοις οἷσπερ καὶ
17a
and the many too quickly or too slowly, in haphazard fashion, and they put infinity immediately after unity; they disregard all that lies between them, and this it is which distinguishes between the dialectic and the disputatious methods of discussion.
Protarchus:
I think I understand you in part, Socrates, but I need a clearer statement of some things.
Socrates:
Surely my meaning, Protarchus, is made clear in the letters of the alphabet, which you were taught as a child;
17b
πεπαίδευσαι.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
φωνὴ μὲν ἡμῖν ἐστί που μία διὰ τοῦ στόματος ἰοῦσα, καὶ ἄπειρος αὖ πλήθει, πάντων τε καὶ ἑκάστου.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ οὐδὲν ἑτέρῳ γε τούτων ἐσμέν πω σοφοί, οὔτε ὅτι τὸ ἄπειρον αὐτῆς ἴσμεν οὔθ' ὅτι τὸ ἕν: ἀλλ' ὅτι πόσα τ' ἐστὶ καὶ ὁποῖα, τοῦτό ἐστι τὸ γραμματικὸν ἕκαστον ποιοῦν ἡμῶν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν καὶ τὸ μουσικὸν ὃ τυγχάνει ποιοῦν, τοῦτ' ἔστι ταὐτόν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
17b
so learn it from them.
Protarchus:
How?
Socrates:
Sound, which passes out through the mouth of each and all of us, is one, and yet again it is infinite in number.
Protarchus:
Yes, to be sure.
Socrates:
And one of us is no wiser than the other merely for knowing that it is infinite or that it is one; but that which makes each of us a grammarian is the knowledge of the number and nature of sounds.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
And it is this same knowledge which makes the musician.
Protarchus:
How is that?
17c
Σωκράτης:
φωνὴ μέν που καὶ τὸ κατ' ἐκείνην τὴν τέχνην ἐστὶ μία ἐν αὐτῇ.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
δύο δὲ θῶμεν βαρὺ καὶ ὀξύ, καὶ τρίτον ὁμότονον. ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτως.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' οὔπω σοφὸς ἂν εἴης τὴν μουσικὴν εἰδὼς ταῦτα μόνα, μὴ δὲ εἰδὼς ὥς γ' ἔπος εἰπεῖν εἰς ταῦτα οὐδενὸς ἄξιος ἔσῃ.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐ γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ', ὦ φίλε, ἐπειδὰν λάβῃς τὰ διαστήματα ὁπόσα ἐστὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῆς φωνῆς ὀξύτητός τε πέρι καὶ βαρύτητος,
17c
Socrates:
Sound is one in the art of music also, so far as that art is concerned.
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
And we may say that there are two sounds, low and high, and a third, which is the intermediate, may we not?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
But knowledge of these facts would not suffice to make you a musician, although ignorance of them would make you, if I may say so, quite worthless in respect to music.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
But, my friend, when you have grasped the number and quality of the intervals of the voice in respect to high and low pitch, and the limits of the intervals,
17d
καὶ ὁποῖα, καὶ τοὺς ὅρους τῶν διαστημάτων, καὶ τὰ ἐκ τούτων ὅσα συστήματα γέγονεν—ἃ κατιδόντες οἱ πρόσθεν παρέδοσαν ἡμῖν τοῖς ἑπομένοις ἐκείνοις καλεῖν αὐτὰ ἁρμονίας, ἔν τε ταῖς κινήσεσιν αὖ τοῦ σώματος ἕτερα τοιαῦτα ἐνόντα πάθη γιγνόμενα, ἃ δὴ δι' ἀριθμῶν μετρηθέντα δεῖν αὖ φασι ῥυθμοὺς καὶ μέτρα ἐπονομάζειν, καὶ ἅμα ἐννοεῖν ὡς οὕτω δεῖ περὶ παντὸς ἑνὸς καὶ πολλῶν σκοπεῖν—ὅταν γὰρ αὐτά
17d
and all the combinations derived from them, which the men of former times discovered and handed down to us, their successors, with the traditional name of harmonies, and also the corresponding effects in the movements of the body, which they say are measured by numbers and must be called rhythms and measures—and they say that we must also understand that every one and many should be considered in this way—
17e
τε λάβῃς οὕτω, τότε ἐγένου σοφός, ὅταν τε ἄλλο τῶν ἓν ὁτιοῦν ταύτῃ σκοπούμενος ἕλῃς, οὕτως ἔμφρων περὶ τοῦτο γέγονας: τὸ δ' ἄπειρόν σε ἑκάστων καὶ ἐν ἑκάστοις πλῆθος ἄπειρον ἑκάστοτε ποιεῖ τοῦ φρονεῖν καὶ οὐκ ἐλλόγιμον οὐδ' ἐνάριθμον, ἅτ' οὐκ εἰς ἀριθμὸν οὐδένα ἐν οὐδενὶ πώποτε ἀπιδόντα.
Πρώταρχος:
κάλλιστα, ὦ Φίληβε, ἔμοιγε τὰ νῦν λεγόμενα εἰρηκέναι φαίνεται Σωκράτης.
17e
when you have thus grasped the facts, you have become a musician, and when by considering it in this way you have obtained a grasp of any other unity of all those which exist, you have become wise in respect to that unity. But the infinite number of individuals and the infinite number in each of them makes you in every instance indefinite in thought and of no account and not to be considered among the wise, so long as you have never fixed your eye upon any definite number in anything.
Protarchus:
I think, Philebus, that what Socrates has said is excellent.
Philebus:
So do I; it is excellent in itself, but why has he said it now to us,
18a
Φίληβος:
κἀμοὶ ταῦτά γε αὐτά: ἀλλὰ τί δή ποτε πρὸς ἡμᾶς ὁ λόγος οὗτος νῦν εἴρηται καὶ τί ποτε βουλόμενος;
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς μέντοι τοῦθ' ἡμᾶς, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἠρώτηκε Φίληβος.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν, καὶ ἀποκρίνου γε αὐτῷ.
Σωκράτης:
δράσω ταῦτα διελθὼν σμικρὸν ἔτι περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων. ὥσπερ γὰρ ἓν ὁτιοῦν εἴ τίς ποτε λάβοι, τοῦτον, ὥς φαμεν, οὐκ ἐπ' ἀπείρου φύσιν δεῖ βλέπειν εὐθὺς ἀλλ' ἐπί τινα ἀριθμόν, οὕτω καὶ τὸ ἐναντίον ὅταν τις τὸ ἄπειρον
18a
and what purpose is there in it?
Socrates:
Protarchus, that is a very proper question which Philebus has asked us.
Protarchus:
Certainly it is, so please answer it.
Socrates:
I will, when I have said a little more on just this subject. For if a person begins with some unity or other, he must, as I was saying, not turn immediately to infinity, but to some definite number; now just so, conversely, when he has to take the infinite first,
18b
ἀναγκασθῇ πρῶτον λαμβάνειν, μὴ ἐπὶ τὸ ἓν εὐθύς, ἀλλ' [ἐπ'] ἀριθμὸν αὖ τινα πλῆθος ἕκαστον ἔχοντά τι κατανοεῖν, τελευτᾶν τε ἐκ πάντων εἰς ἕν. πάλιν δὲ ἐν τοῖς γράμμασι τὸ νῦν λεγόμενον λάβωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ἐπειδὴ φωνὴν ἄπειρον κατενόησεν εἴτε τις θεὸς εἴτε καὶ θεῖος ἄνθρωπος—ὡς λόγος ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ Θεῦθ τινα τοῦτον γενέσθαι λέγων, ὃς πρῶτος τὰ φωνήεντα ἐν τῷ ἀπείρῳ κατενόησεν οὐχ ἓν ὄντα ἀλλὰ πλείω, καὶ πάλιν
18b
he must not turn immediately to the one, but must think of some number which possesses in each case some plurality, and must end by passing from all to one. Let us revert to the letters of the alphabet to illustrate this.
Protarchus:
How?
Socrates:
When some one, whether god or godlike man,—there is an Egyptian story that his name was Theuth—observed that sound was infinite, he was the first to notice that the vowel sounds in that infinity were not one, but many, and again that there were other elements which were not vowels but did have a sonant quality,
18c
ἕτερα φωνῆς μὲν οὔ, φθόγγου δὲ μετέχοντά τινος, ἀριθμὸν δέ τινα καὶ τούτων εἶναι, τρίτον δὲ εἶδος γραμμάτων διεστήσατο τὰ νῦν λεγόμενα ἄφωνα ἡμῖν: τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο διῄρει τά τε ἄφθογγα καὶ ἄφωνα μέχρι ἑνὸς ἑκάστου, καὶ τὰ φωνήεντα καὶ τὰ μέσα κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον, ἕως ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν λαβὼν ἑνί τε ἑκάστῳ καὶ σύμπασι στοιχεῖον ἐπωνόμασε: καθορῶν δὲ ὡς οὐδεὶς ἡμῶν οὐδ' ἂν ἓν αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτὸ ἄνευ πάντων αὐτῶν μάθοι, τοῦτον τὸν δεσμὸν αὖ λογισάμενος ὡς
18c
and that these also had a definite number; and he distinguished a third kind of letters which we now call mutes. Then he divided the mutes until he distinguished each individual one, and he treated the vowels and semivowels in the same way, until he knew the number of them and gave to each and all the name of letters. Perceiving, however, that none of us could learn any one of them alone by itself without learning them all, and considering that this was a common bond which made them in a way all one,
18d
ὄντα ἕνα καὶ πάντα ταῦτα ἕν πως ποιοῦντα μίαν ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ὡς οὖσαν γραμματικὴν τέχνην ἐπεφθέγξατο προσειπών.
Φίληβος:
ταῦτ' ἔτι σαφέστερον ἐκείνων αὐτά γε πρὸς ἄλληλα, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἔμαθον: τὸ δ' αὐτό μοι τοῦ λόγου νῦν τε καὶ σμικρὸν ἔμπροσθεν ἐλλείπεται.
Σωκράτης:
μῶν, ὦ Φίληβε, τὸ τί πρὸς ἔπος αὖ ταῦτ' ἐστίν;
Φίληβος:
ναί, τοῦτ' ἔστιν ὃ πάλαι ζητοῦμεν ἐγώ τε καὶΠρώταρχος.
Σωκράτης:
ἦ μὴν ἐπ' αὐτῷ γε ἤδη γεγονότες ζητεῖτε, ὡς φῄς,
18d
he assigned to them all a single science and called it grammar.
Philebus:
I understand that more clearly than the earlier statement, Protarchus, so far as the reciprocal relations of the one and the many are concerned, but I still feel the same lack as a little while ago.
Socrates:
Do you mean, Philebus, that you do not see what this has to do with the question?
Philebus:
Yes; that is what Protarchus and I have been trying to discover for a long time.
Socrates:
Really, have you been trying, as you say,
18e
πάλαι.
Φίληβος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὐ περὶ φρονήσεως ἦν καὶ ἡδονῆς ἡμῖν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ὁ λόγος, ὁπότερον αὐτοῖν αἱρετέον;
Φίληβος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν ἕν γε ἑκάτερον αὐτοῖν εἶναί φαμεν.
Φίληβος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
τοῦτ' αὐτὸ τοίνυν ἡμᾶς ὁ πρόσθεν λόγος ἀπαιτεῖ, πῶς ἔστιν ἓν καὶ πολλὰ αὐτῶν ἑκάτερον, καὶ πῶς μὴ ἄπειρα
18e
for long time to discover it, when it was close to you all the while?
Philebus:
How is that?
Socrates:
Was not our discussion from the beginning about wisdom and pleasure and which of them is preferable?
Philebus:
Yes, of course.
Socrates:
And surely we say that each of them is one.
Philebus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
This, then, is precisely the question which the previous discussion puts to us: How is each of them one and many, and how is it that they are not immediately infinite, but each possesses a definite number, before the individual phenomena become infinite?
19a
εὐθύς, ἀλλά τινά ποτε ἀριθμὸν ἑκάτερον ἔμπροσθεν κέκτηται τοῦ ἄπειρα αὐτῶν ἕκαστα γεγονέναι;
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκ εἰς φαῦλόν γε ἐρώτημα, ὦ Φίληβε, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅντινα τρόπον κύκλῳ πως περιαγαγὼν ἡμᾶς ἐμβέβληκε Σωκράτης. καὶ σκόπει δὴ πότερος ἡμῶν ἀποκρινεῖται τὸ νῦν ἐρωτώμενον. ἴσως δὴ γελοῖον τὸ ἐμὲ τοῦ λόγου διάδοχον παντελῶς ὑποστάντα διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τὸ νῦν ἐρωτηθὲν ἀποκρίνασθαι σοὶ πάλιν τοῦτο προστάττειν: γελοιότερον
19a
Protarchus:
Philebus, somehow or other Socrates has led us round and plunged us into a serious question. Consider which of us shall answer it. Perhaps it is ridiculous that I, after taking your place in entire charge of the argument, should ask you to come back and answer this question because I cannot do so, but I think it would be still more ridiculous if neither of us could answer.
19b
δ' οἶμαι πολὺ τὸ μηδέτερον ἡμῶν δύνασθαι. σκόπει δὴ τί δράσομεν. εἴδη γάρ μοι δοκεῖ νῦν ἐρωτᾶν ἡδονῆς ἡμᾶς Σωκράτης εἴτε ἔστιν εἴτε μή, καὶ ὁπόσα ἐστὶ καὶ ὁποῖα: τῆς τ' αὖ φρονήσεως πέρι κατὰ ταὐτὰ ὡσαύτως.
Σωκράτης:
ἀληθέστατα λέγεις, ὦ παῖ Καλλίου: μὴ γὰρ δυνάμενοι τοῦτο κατὰ παντὸς ἑνὸς καὶ ὁμοίου καὶ ταὐτοῦ δρᾶν καὶ τοῦ ἐναντίου, ὡς ὁ παρελθὼν λόγος ἐμήνυσεν, οὐδεὶς εἰς οὐδὲν οὐδενὸς ἂν ἡμῶν οὐδέποτε γένοιτο ἄξιος.
19b
Consider, then, what we are to do. For I think Socrates is asking us whether there are or are not kinds of pleasure, how many kinds there are, and what their nature is, and the same of wisdom.
Socrates:
You are quite right, son of Callias; for, as our previous discussion showed, unless we can do this in the case of every unity, every like, every same, and their opposites, none of us can ever be of any use in anything.
19c
Πρώταρχος:
σχεδὸν ἔοικεν οὕτως, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔχειν. ἀλλὰ καλὸν μὲν τὸ σύμπαντα γιγνώσκειν τῷ σώφρονι, δεύτερος δ' εἶναι πλοῦς δοκεῖ μὴ λανθάνειν αὐτὸν αὑτόν. τί δή μοι τοῦτο εἴρηται τὰ νῦν; ἐγώ σοι φράσω. σὺ τήνδε ἡμῖν τὴν συνουσίαν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἐπέδωκας πᾶσι καὶ σεαυτὸν πρὸς τὸ διελέσθαι τί τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων κτημάτων ἄριστον. Φιλήβου γὰρ εἰπόντος ἡδονὴν καὶ τέρψιν καὶ χαρὰν καὶ πάνθ' ὁπόσα τοιαῦτ' ἐστί, σὺ πρὸς αὐτὰ ἀντεῖπες ὡς οὐ ταῦτα
19c
Protarchus:
That, Socrates, seems pretty likely to be true. However, it is splendid for the wise man to know everything, but the next best thing, it seems, is not to be ignorant of himself. I will tell you why I say that at this moment. You, Socrates, have granted to all of us this conversation and your cooperation for the purpose of determining what is the best of human possessions. For when Philebus said it was pleasure and gaiety and enjoyment and all that sort of thing, you objected and said it was not those things, but another sort,
19d
ἀλλ' ἐκεῖνά ἐστιν ἃ πολλάκις ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἀναμιμνῄσκομεν ἑκόντες, ὀρθῶς δρῶντες, ἵν' ἐν μνήμῃ παρακείμενα ἑκάτερα βασανίζηται. φῂς δ', ὡς ἔοικε, σὺ τὸ προσρηθησόμενον ὀρθῶς ἄμεινον ἡδονῆς γε ἀγαθὸν εἶναι νοῦν, ἐπιστήμην, σύνεσιν, τέχνην καὶ πάντα αὖ τὰ τούτων συγγενῆ, <ἃ> κτᾶσθαι δεῖν ἀλλ' οὐχὶ ἐκεῖνα. τούτων δὴ μετ' ἀμφισβητήσεως ἑκατέρων λεχθέντων ἡμεῖς σοι μετὰ παιδιᾶς ἠπειλήσαμεν
19d
and we very properly keep reminding ourselves voluntarily of this, in order that both claims may be present in our memory for examination. You, as it appears, assert that the good which is rightly to be called better than pleasure is mind, knowledge, intelligence, art, and all their kin; you say we ought to acquire these, not that other sort. When those two claims were made and an argument arose, we playfully threatened that we would not let you go home
19e
ὡς οὐκ ἀφήσομεν οἴκαδέ σε πρὶν ἂν τούτων τῶν λόγων πέρας ἱκανὸν γένηταί τι διορισθέντων, σὺ δὲ συνεχώρησας καὶ ἔδωκας εἰς ταῦθ' ἡμῖν σαυτόν, ἡμεῖς δὲ δὴ λέγομεν, καθάπερ οἱ παῖδες, ὅτι τῶν ὀρθῶς δοθέντων ἀφαίρεσις οὐκ ἔστι: παῦσαι δὴ τὸν τρόπον ἡμῖν ἀπαντῶν τοῦτον ἐπὶ τὰ νῦν λεγόμενα.
Σωκράτης:
τίνα λέγεις;
19e
until the discussion was brought to some satisfactory conclusion. You agreed and put yourself at our disposal for that purpose. Now, we say that, as children put it, you cannot take back a gift once fairly given. So cease this way of meeting all that we say.
Socrates:
What way do you mean?
20a
Πρώταρχος:
εἰς ἀπορίαν ἐμβάλλων καὶ ἀνερωτῶν ὧν μὴ δυναίμεθ' ἂν ἱκανὴν ἀπόκρισιν ἐν τῷ παρόντι διδόναι σοι. μὴ γὰρ οἰώμεθα τέλος ἡμῖν εἶναι τῶν νῦν τὴν πάντων ἡμῶν ἀπορίαν, ἀλλ' εἰ δρᾶν τοῦθ' ἡμεῖς ἀδυνατοῦμεν, σοὶ δραστέον: ὑπέσχου γάρ. βουλεύου δὴ πρὸς ταῦτα αὐτὸς πότερον ἡδονῆς εἴδη σοι καὶ ἐπιστήμης διαιρετέον ἢ καὶ ἐατέον, εἴ πῃ καθ' ἕτερόν τινα τρόπον οἷός τ' εἶ καὶ βούλει δηλῶσαί πως ἄλλως τὰ νῦν ἀμφισβητούμενα παρ' ἡμῖν.
20a
Protarchus:
I mean puzzling us and asking questions to which we cannot at the moment give a satisfactory answer. Let us not imagine that the end of our present discussion is a mere puzzling of us all, but if we cannot answer, you must do so; for you gave us a promise. Consider, therefore, whether you yourself must distinguish the kinds of pleasure and knowledge or will let that go, in case you are able and willing to make clear in some other way the matters now at issue among us.
20b
Σωκράτης:
δεινὸν μὲν τοίνυν ἔτι προσδοκᾶν οὐδὲν δεῖ τὸν ἐμέ, ἐπειδὴ τοῦθ' οὕτως εἶπες: τὸ γὰρ εἰ βούλει ῥηθὲν λύει πάντα φόβον ἑκάστων πέρι. πρὸς δὲ αὖ τοῖς μνήμην τινὰ δοκεῖ τίς μοι δεδωκέναι θεῶν ἡμῖν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δὴ καὶ τίνων;
Σωκράτης:
λόγων ποτέ τινων πάλαι ἀκούσας ὄναρ ἢ καὶ ἐγρηγορὼς νῦν ἐννοῶ περί τε ἡδονῆς καὶ φρονήσεως, ὡς οὐδέτερον αὐτοῖν ἐστι τἀγαθόν, ἀλλὰ ἄλλο τι τρίτον, ἕτερον μὲν τούτων, ἄμεινον δὲ ἀμφοῖν. καίτοι τοῦτό γε ἂν ἐναργῶς
20b
Socrates:
I need no longer anticipate anything terrible, since you put it in that way; for the words “in case you are willing” relieve me of all fear. And besides, I think some god has given me a vague recollection.
Protarchus:
How is that, and what is the recollection about?
Socrates:
I remember now having heard long ago in a dream, or perhaps when I was awake, some talk about pleasure and wisdom to the effect that neither of the two is the good, but some third thing, different from them and better than both.
20c
ἡμῖν φανῇ νῦν, ἀπήλλακται μὲν ἡδονὴ τοῦ νικᾶν: τὸ γὰρ ἀγαθὸν οὐκ ἂν ἔτι ταὐτὸν αὐτῇ γίγνοιτο. ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτως.
Σωκράτης:
τῶν δέ γε εἰς τὴν διαίρεσιν εἰδῶν ἡδονῆς οὐδὲν ἔτι προσδεησόμεθα κατ' ἐμὴν δόξαν. προϊὸν δ' ἔτι σαφέστερον δείξει.
Πρώταρχος:
κάλλιστ' εἰπὼν οὕτω καὶ διαπέραινε.
Σωκράτης:
μίκρ' ἄττα τοίνυν ἔμπροσθεν ἔτι διομολογησώμεθα.
Πρώταρχος:
τὰ ποῖα;
20c
However, if this be now clearly proved to us, pleasure is deprived of victory for the good would no longer be identical with it. Is not that true?
Protarchus:
It is.
Socrates:
And we shall have, in my opinion, no longer any need of distinguishing the kinds of pleasure. But the progress of the discussion will make that still clearer.
Protarchus:
Excellent! Just go on as you have begun.
Socrates:
First, then, let us agree on some further small points.
Protarchus:
What are they?
Socrates:
Is the nature of the good necessarily perfect
20d
Σωκράτης:
τὴν τἀγαθοῦ μοῖραν πότερον ἀνάγκη τέλεον ἢ μὴ τέλεον εἶναι;
Πρώταρχος:
πάντων δήπου τελεώτατον, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
τί δέ; ἱκανὸν τἀγαθόν;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ; καὶ πάντων γε εἰς τοῦτο διαφέρειν τῶν ὄντων.
Σωκράτης:
τόδε γε μήν, ὡς οἶμαι, περὶ αὐτοῦ ἀναγκαιότατον εἶναι λέγειν, ὡς πᾶν τὸ γιγνῶσκον αὐτὸ θηρεύει καὶ ἐφίεται βουλόμενον ἑλεῖν καὶ περὶ αὑτὸ κτήσασθαι, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων οὐδὲν φροντίζει πλὴν τῶν ἀποτελουμένων ἅμα ἀγαθοῖς.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκ ἔστι τούτοις ἀντειπεῖν.
20d
or imperfect?
Protarchus:
The most perfect of all things, surely, Socrates.
Socrates:
Well, and is the good sufficient?
Protarchus:
Of course; so that it surpasses all other things in sufficiency.
Socrates:
And nothing, I should say, is more certain about it than that every intelligent being pursues it, desires it, wishes to catch and get possession of it, and has no interest in anything in which the good is not included.
Protarchus:
There is no denying that.
20e
Σωκράτης:
σκοπῶμεν δὴ καὶ κρίνωμεν τόν τε ἡδονῆς καὶ τὸν φρονήσεως βίον ἰδόντες χωρίς.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς εἶπες;
Σωκράτης:
μήτε ἐν τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς ἐνέστω φρόνησις μήτ' ἐν τῷ τῆς φρονήσεως ἡδονή. δεῖ γάρ, εἴπερ πότερον αὐτῶν ἔστ' ἀγαθόν, μηδὲν μηδενὸς ἔτι προσδεῖσθαι: δεόμενον δ'
20e
Socrates:
Let us, then, look at the life of pleasure and the life of wisdom separately and consider and judge them.
Protarchus:
How do you mean?
Socrates:
Let there be no wisdom in the life of pleasure and no pleasure in the life of wisdom. For if either of them is the good, it cannot have need of anything else, and if, either be found to need anything,
21a
ἂν φανῇ πότερον, οὐκ ἔστι που τοῦτ' ἔτι τὸ ὄντως ἡμῖν ἀγαθόν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἐν σοὶ πειρώμεθα βασανίζοντες ταῦτα;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἀποκρίνου δή.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε.
Σωκράτης:
δέξαι' ἄν, Πρώταρχε, σὺ ζῆν τὸν βίον ἅπαντα ἡδόμενος ἡδονὰς τὰς μεγίστας;
Πρώταρχος:
τί δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν ἔτι τινὸς ἄν σοι προσδεῖν ἡγοῖο, εἰ τοῦτ' ἔχεις παντελῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
οὐδαμῶς.
Σωκράτης:
ὅρα δή, τοῦ φρονεῖν καὶ τοῦ νοεῖν καὶ λογίζεσθαι
21a
we can no longer regard it as our true good.
Protarchus:
No, of course not.
Socrates:
Shall we then undertake to test them through you?
Protarchus:
By all means.
Socrates:
Then answer.
Protarchus:
Ask.
Socrates:
Would you, Protarchus, be willing to live your whole life in the enjoyment of the greatest pleasures?
Protarchus:
Of course I should.
Socrates:
Would you think you needed anything further, if you were in complete possession of that enjoyment?
Protarchus:
Certainly not.
Socrates:
But consider whether you would not have some need of wisdom and intelligence and
21b
τὰ δέοντα καὶ ὅσα τούτων ἀδελφά, μῶν μὴ δέοι' ἄν τι;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ τί; πάντα γὰρ ἔχοιμ' ἄν που τὸ χαίρειν ἔχων.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν οὕτω ζῶν ἀεὶ μὲν διὰ βίου ταῖς μεγίσταις ἡδοναῖς χαίροις ἄν;
Πρώταρχος:
τί δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
νοῦν δέ γε καὶ μνήμην καὶ ἐπιστήμην καὶ δόξαν μὴ κεκτημένος ἀληθῆ, πρῶτον μὲν τοῦτο αὐτό, εἰ χαίρεις ἢ μὴ χαίρεις, ἀνάγκη δήπου σε ἀγνοεῖν, κενόν γε ὄντα πάσης φρονήσεως;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀνάγκη.
21b
power of calculating your wants and the like.
Protarchus:
Why should I? If I have enjoyment, I have everything.
Socrates:
Then living thus you would enjoy the greatest pleasures all your life?
Protarchus:
Yes; why not?
Socrates:
But if you did not possess mind or memory or knowledge or true opinion, in the first place, you would not know whether you were enjoying your pleasures or not. That must be true, since you are utterly devoid of intellect, must it not?
Protarchus:
Yes, it must.
21c
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν ὡσαύτως μνήμην μὴ κεκτημένον ἀνάγκη δήπου μηδ' ὅτι ποτὲ ἔχαιρες μεμνῆσθαι, τῆς τ' ἐν τῷ παραχρῆμα ἡδονῆς προσπιπτούσης μηδ' ἡντινοῦν μνήμην ὑπομένειν: δόξαν δ' αὖ μὴ κεκτημένον ἀληθῆ μὴ δοξάζειν χαίρειν χαίροντα, λογισμοῦ δὲ στερόμενον μηδ' εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον ὡς χαιρήσεις δυνατὸν εἶναι λογίζεσθαι, ζῆν δὲ οὐκ ἀνθρώπου βίον, ἀλλά τινος πλεύμονος ἢ τῶν ὅσα θαλάττια μετ' ὀστρεΐνων ἔμψυχά ἐστι σωμάτων. ἔστι ταῦτα, ἢ παρὰ
21c
Socrates:
And likewise, if you had no memory you could not even remember that you ever did enjoy pleasure, and no recollection whatever of present pleasure could remain with you; if you had no true opinion you could not think you were enjoying pleasure at the time when you were enjoying it, and if you were without power of calculation you would not be able to calculate that you would enjoy it in the future; your life would not be that of a man, but of a mollusc or some other shell-fish like the oyster.
21d
ταῦτα ἔχομεν ἄλλα διανοηθῆναι;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν αἱρετὸς ἡμῖν βίος ὁ τοιοῦτος;
Πρώταρχος:
εἰς ἀφασίαν παντάπασί με, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὗτος ὁ λόγος ἐμβέβληκε τὰ νῦν.
Σωκράτης:
μήπω τοίνυν μαλθακιζώμεθα, τὸν δὲ τοῦ νοῦ μεταλαβόντες αὖ βίον ἴδωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸν ποῖον δὴ λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
εἴ τις δέξαιτ' ἂν αὖ ζῆν ἡμῶν φρόνησιν μὲν καὶ νοῦν καὶ ἐπιστήμην καὶ μνήμην πᾶσαν πάντων κεκτημένος,
21d
Is that true, or can we imagine any other result?
Protarchus:
We certainly cannot.
Socrates:
And can we choose such a life?
Protarchus:
This argument, Socrates, has made me utterly speechless for the present.
Socrates:
Well, let us not give in yet. Let us take up the life of mind and scrutinize that in turn.
Protarchus:
What sort of life do you mean?
Socrates:
I ask whether anyone would be willing to live possessing wisdom and mind and knowledge and perfect memory of all things,
21e
ἡδονῆς δὲ μετέχων μήτε μέγα μήτε σμικρόν, μηδ' αὖ λύπης, ἀλλὰ τὸ παράπαν ἀπαθὴς πάντων τῶν τοιούτων.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐδέτερος ὁ βίος, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔμοιγε τούτων αἱρετός, οὐδ' ἄλλῳ μή ποτε, ὡς ἐγᾦμαι, φανῇ.
21e
but having no share, great or small, in pleasure, or in pain, for that matter, but being utterly unaffected by everything of that sort.
Protarchus:
Neither of the two lives can ever appear desirable to me, Socrates, or, I think, to anyone else.
22a
Σωκράτης:
τί δ' ὁ συναμφότερος, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἐξ ἀμφοῖν συμμειχθεὶς κοινὸς γενόμενος;
Πρώταρχος:
ἡδονῆς λέγεις καὶ νοῦ καὶ φρονήσεως;
Σωκράτης:
οὕτω καὶ τῶν τοιούτων [λέγω] ἔγωγε.
Πρώταρχος:
πᾶς δήπου τοῦτόν γε αἱρήσεται πρότερον ἢ 'κείνων ὁποτερονοῦν, καὶ πρὸς τούτοις [γε] οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὁ δ' οὔ.
Σωκράτης:
μανθάνομεν οὖν ὅτι νῦν ἡμῖν ἐστι τὸ συμβαῖνον ἐν τοῖς παροῦσι λόγοις;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν, ὅτι γε τρεῖς μὲν βίοι προυτέθησαν,
22a
Socrates:
How about the combined life, Protarchus, made up by a union of the two?
Protarchus:
You mean a union of pleasure with mind or wisdom?
Socrates:
Yes, I mean a union of such elements.
Protarchus:
Every one will prefer this life to either of the two others—yes, every single person without exception.
Socrates:
Then do we understand the consequences of what we are now saying?
Protarchus:
Certainly. Three lives have been proposed,
22b
τοῖν δυοῖν δ' οὐδέτερος ἱκανὸς οὐδὲ αἱρετὸς οὔτε ἀνθρώπων οὔτε ζῴων οὐδενί.
Σωκράτης:
μῶν οὖν οὐκ ἤδη τούτων γε πέρι δῆλον ὡς οὐδέτερος αὐτοῖν εἶχε τἀγαθόν; ἦν γὰρ ἂν ἱκανὸς καὶ τέλεος καὶ πᾶσι φυτοῖς καὶ ζῴοις αἱρετός, οἷσπερ δυνατὸν ἦν οὕτως ἀεὶ διὰ βίου ζῆν: εἰ δέ τις ἄλλα ᾑρεῖθ' ἡμῶν, παρὰ φύσιν ἂν τὴν τοῦ ἀληθῶς αἱρετοῦ ἐλάμβανεν ἄκων ἐξ ἀγνοίας ἤ τινος ἀνάγκης οὐκ εὐδαίμονος.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔοικε γοῦν ταῦθ' οὕτως ἔχειν.
22b
and of two of them neither is sufficient or desirable for man or any other living being.
Socrates:
Then is it not already clear that neither of these two contained the good for if it did contain the good, it would be sufficient and perfect, and such as to be chosen by all living creatures which would be able to live thus all their lives; and if any of us chose anything else, he would be choosing contrary to the nature of the truly desirable, not of his own free will, but from ignorance or some unfortunate necessity.
Protarchus:
That seems at any rate to be true.
22c
Σωκράτης:
ὡς μὲν τοίνυν τήν γε Φιλήβου θεὸν οὐ δεῖ διανοεῖσθαι ταὐτὸν καὶ τἀγαθόν, ἱκανῶς εἰρῆσθαί μοι δοκεῖ.
Φίληβος:
οὐδὲ γὰρ ὁ σὸς νοῦς, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔστι τἀγαθόν, ἀλλ' ἕξει που ταὐτὰ ἐγκλήματα.
Σωκράτης:
τάχ' ἄν, ὦ Φίληβε, ὅ γ' ἐμός: οὐ μέντοι τόν γε ἀληθινὸν ἅμα καὶ θεῖον οἶμαι νοῦν, ἀλλ' ἄλλως πως ἔχειν. τῶν μὲν οὖν νικητηρίων πρὸς τὸν κοινὸν βίον οὐκ ἀμφισβητῶ πω ὑπὲρ νοῦ, τῶν δὲ δὴ δευτερείων ὁρᾶν καὶ σκοπεῖν χρὴ πέρι
22c
Socrates:
And so I think we have sufficiently proved that Philebus's divinity is not to be considered identical with the good.
Philebus:
But neither is your “mind” the good, Socrates; it will be open to the same objections.
Socrates:
My mind, perhaps, Philebus; but not so, I believe, the true mind, which is also divine; that is different. I do not as yet claim for mind the victory over the combined life, but we must look and see what is to be done about the second place;
22d
τί δράσομεν: τάχα γὰρ ἂν τοῦ κοινοῦ τούτου βίου αἰτιῴμεθ' ἂν ἑκάτερος ὁ μὲν τὸν νοῦν αἴτιον, ὁ δ' ἡδονὴν εἶναι, καὶ οὕτω τὸ μὲν ἀγαθὸν τούτων ἀμφοτέρων οὐδέτερον ἂν εἴη, τάχα δ' ἂν αἴτιόν τις ὑπολάβοι πότερον αὐτῶν εἶναι. τούτου δὴ πέρι καὶ μᾶλλον ἔτι πρὸς Φίληβον διαμαχοίμην ἂν ὡς ἐν τῷ μεικτῷ τούτῳ βίῳ, ὅτι ποτ' ἔστι τοῦτο ὃ λαβὼν ὁ βίος οὗτος γέγονεν αἱρετὸς ἅμα καὶ ἀγαθός, οὐχ ἡδονὴ ἀλλὰ νοῦς τούτῳ συγγενέστερον καὶ ὁμοιότερόν ἐστι, καὶ κατὰ τοῦτον
22d
for each of us might perhaps put forward a claim, one that mind is the cause of this combined life, the other that pleasure is the cause and thus neither of these two would be the good, but one or the other of them might be regarded as the cause of the good. On this point I might keep up the fight all the more against Philebus and contend that in this mixed life it is mind that is more akin and more similar than pleasure to that, whatever it may be, which makes it both desirable and good; and from this point of view
22e
τὸν λόγον οὔτ' ἂν τῶν πρωτείων οὐδ' αὖ τῶν δευτερείων ἡδονῇ μετὸν ἀληθῶς ἄν ποτε λέγοιτο: πορρωτέρω δ' ἐστὶ τῶν τριτείων, εἴ τι τῷ ἐμῷ νῷ δεῖ πιστεύειν ἡμᾶς τὰ νῦν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλὰ μήν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔμοιγε δοκεῖ νῦν μὲν ἡδονή σοι πεπτωκέναι καθαπερεὶ πληγεῖσα ὑπὸ τῶν νυνδὴ λόγων: τῶν γὰρ νικητηρίων πέρι μαχομένη κεῖται. τὸν δὲ
22e
pleasure could advance no true claim to the first or even the second place. It is farther behind than the third place, if my mind is at all to be trusted at present.
Protarchus:
Certainly, Socrates, it seems to me that pleasure has fought for the victory and has fallen in this bout, knocked down by your words.
23a
νοῦν, ὡς ἔοικε, λεκτέον ὡς ἐμφρόνως οὐκ ἀντεποιεῖτο τῶν νικητηρίων: τὰ γὰρ αὔτ' ἔπαθεν ἄν. τῶν δὲ δὴ δευτερείων στερηθεῖσα ἡδονὴ παντάπασιν ἄν τινα καὶ ἀτιμίαν σχοίη πρὸς τῶν αὑτῆς ἐραστῶν: οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐκείνοις ἔτ' ἂν ὁμοίως φαίνοιτο καλή.
Σωκράτης:
τί οὖν; οὐκ ἄμεινον αὐτὴν ἐᾶν ἤδη καὶ μὴ τὴν ἀκριβεστάτην αὐτῇ προσφέροντα βάσανον καὶ ἐξελέγχοντα λυπεῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
οὐδὲν λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες.
23a
And we can only say, as it seems, that mind was wise in not laying claim to the victory; for it would have met with the same fate. Now pleasure, if she were to lose the second prize, would be deeply humiliated in the eyes of her lovers; for she would no longer appear even to them so lovely as before.
Socrates:
Well, then, is it not better to leave her now and not to pain her by testing her to the utmost and proving her in the wrong?
Protarchus:
Nonsense, Socrates!
23b
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' ὅτι τὸ ἀδύνατον εἶπον, λυπεῖν ἡδονήν;
Πρώταρχος:
οὐ μόνον γε ἀλλ' ὅτι καὶ ἀγνοεῖς ὡς οὐδείς πώ σε ἡμῶν μεθήσει πρὶν ἂν εἰς τέλος ἐπεξέλθῃς τούτων τῷ λόγῳ.
Σωκράτης:
βαβαῖ ἄρα, ὦ Πρώταρχε, συχνοῦ μὲν λόγου τοῦ λοιποῦ, σχεδὸν δὲ οὐδὲ ῥᾳδίου πάνυ τι νῦν. καὶ γὰρ δὴ φαίνεται δεῖν ἄλλης μηχανῆς, ἐπὶ τὰ δευτερεῖα ὑπὲρ νοῦ πορευόμενον οἷον βέλη ἔχειν ἕτερα τῶν ἔμπροσθεν λόγων: ἔστι δὲ ἴσως ἔνια καὶ ταὐτά. οὐκοῦν χρή;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
23b
Socrates:
Nonsense because I spoke of paining pleasure, and that is impossible?
Protarchus:
Not only that, but because you do not understand that not one of us will let you go yet until you have finished the argument about these matters.
Socrates:
Whew, Protarchus! Then we have a long discussion before us, and not an easy one, either, this time. For in going ahead to fight mind's battle for the second place, I think I need a new contrivance—other weapons, as it were, than those of our previous discussion, though perhaps some of the old ones will serve. Must I then go on?
Protarchus:
Of course you must.
Socrates:
Then let us try to be careful
23c
Σωκράτης:
τὴν δέ γε ἀρχὴν αὐτοῦ διευλαβεῖσθαι πειρώμεθα τιθέμενοι.
Πρώταρχος:
ποίαν δὴ λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
πάντα τὰ νῦν ὄντα ἐν τῷ παντὶ διχῇ διαλάβωμεν, μᾶλλον δ', εἰ βούλει, τριχῇ.
Πρώταρχος:
καθ' ὅτι, φράζοις ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
λάβωμεν ἄττα τῶν νυνδὴ λόγων.
Πρώταρχος:
ποῖα;
Σωκράτης:
τὸν θεὸν ἐλέγομέν που τὸ μὲν ἄπειρον δεῖξαι τῶν ὄντων, τὸ δὲ πέρας;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
τούτω δὴ τῶν εἰδῶν τὰ δύο τιθώμεθα, τὸ δὲ τρίτον
23c
in making our beginning.
Protarchus:
What kind of a beginning do you mean?
Socrates:
Let us divide all things that now exist in the universe into two, or rather, if you please, three classes.
Protarchus:
Please tell us on what principle you would divide them.
Socrates:
Let us take some of the subjects of our present discussion.
Protarchus:
What subjects?
Socrates:
We said that God revealed in the universe two elements, the infinite and the finite, did we not?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Let us, then, assume these as two of our classes, and a third, made by combining these two.
23d
ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τούτοιν ἕν τι συμμισγόμενον. εἰμὶ δ', ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐγὼ γελοῖός τις ἄνθρωπος κατ' εἴδη διιστὰς καὶ συναριθμούμενος.
Πρώταρχος:
τί φῄς, ὠγαθέ;
Σωκράτης:
τετάρτου μοι γένους αὖ προσδεῖν φαίνεται.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε τίνος.
Σωκράτης:
τῆς συμμείξεως τούτων πρὸς ἄλληλα τὴν αἰτίαν ὅρα, καὶ τίθει μοι πρὸς τρισὶν ἐκείνοις τέταρτον τοῦτο.
Πρώταρχος:
μῶν οὖν σοι καὶ πέμπτου προσδεήσει διάκρισίν τινος δυναμένου;
Σωκράτης:
τάχ' ἄν: οὐ μὴν οἶμαί γε ἐν τῷ νῦν: ἂν δέ τι δέῃ,
23d
But I cut a ridiculous figure, it seems, when I attempt a division into classes and an enumeration.
Protarchus:
What do you mean, my friend?
Socrates:
I think we need a fourth class besides.
Protarchus:
Tell us what it is.
Socrates:
Note the cause of the combination of those two and assume that as the fourth in addition to the previous three.
Protarchus:
And then will you not need a fifth, which has the power of separation?
Socrates:
Perhaps; but not at present, I think. However, if we do need a fifth,
23e
συγγνώσῃ πού μοι σὺ μεταδιώκοντι πέμπτον [βίον].
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
πρῶτον μὲν δὴ τῶν τεττάρων τὰ τρία διελόμενοι, τὰ δύο τούτων πειρώμεθα, πολλὰ ἑκάτερον ἐσχισμένον καὶ διεσπασμένον ἰδόντες, εἰς ἓν πάλιν ἑκάτερον συναγαγόντες, νοῆσαι πῇ ποτε ἦν αὐτῶν ἓν καὶ πολλὰ ἑκάτερον.
Πρώταρχος:
εἴ μοι σαφέστερον ἔτι περὶ αὐτῶν εἴποις, τάχ' ἂν ἑποίμην.
23e
you will pardon me for going after it.
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
First, then, let us take three of the four and, as we see that two of these are split up and scattered each one into many, let us try, by collecting each of them again into one, to learn how each of them was both one and many.
Protarchus:
If you could tell me more clearly about them, I might be able to follow you.
24a
Σωκράτης:
λέγω τοίνυν τὰ δύο ἃ προτίθεμαι ταὔτ' εἶναι ἅπερ νυνδή, τὸ μὲν ἄπειρον, τὸ δὲ πέρας ἔχον: ὅτι δὲ τρόπον τινὰ τὸ ἄπειρον πόλλ' ἐστί, πειράσομαι φράζειν. τὸ δὲ πέρας ἔχον ἡμᾶς περιμενέτω.
Πρώταρχος:
μένει.
Σωκράτης:
σκέψαι δή. χαλεπὸν μὲν γὰρ καὶ ἀμφισβητήσιμον ὃ κελεύω σε σκοπεῖν, ὅμως δὲ σκόπει. θερμοτέρου καὶ ψυχροτέρου πέρι πρῶτον ὅρα πέρας εἴ ποτέ τι νοήσαις ἄν, ἢ τὸ μᾶλλόν τε καὶ ἧττον ἐν αὐτοῖς οἰκοῦν<τε> τοῖς γένεσιν,
24a
Socrates:
I mean, then, that the two which I select are the same which I mentioned before, the infinite and the finite. I will try to show that the infinite is, in a certain sense, many; the finite can wait.
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
Consider then. What I ask you to consider is difficult and debatable; but consider it all the same. In the first place, take hotter and colder and see whether you can conceive any limit of them, or whether the more and less which dwell in their very nature do not, so long as they continue to dwell therein,
24b
ἕωσπερ ἂν ἐνοικῆτον, τέλος οὐκ ἂν ἐπιτρεψαίτην γίγνεσθαι: γενομένης γὰρ τελευτῆς καὶ αὐτὼ τετελευτήκατον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
ἀεὶ δέ γε, φαμέν, ἔν τε τῷ θερμοτέρῳ καὶ ψυχροτέρῳ τὸ μᾶλλόν τε καὶ ἧττον ἔνι.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα.
Σωκράτης:
ἀεὶ τοίνυν ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν σημαίνει τούτω μὴ τέλος ἔχειν: ἀτελῆ δ' ὄντε δήπου παντάπασιν ἀπείρω γίγνεσθον.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ σφόδρα γε, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' εὖ γε, ὦ φίλε Πρώταρχε, ὑπέλαβες καὶ
24b
preclude the possibility of any end; for if there were any end of them, the more and less would themselves be ended.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
But always, we affirm, in the hotter and colder there is the more and less.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Always, then, the argument shows that these two have no end; and being endless, they are of course infinite.
Protarchus:
Most emphatically, Socrates.
Socrates:
I am glad you responded, my dear Protarchus,
24c
ἀνέμνησας ὅτι καὶ τὸ σφόδρα τοῦτο, ὃ σὺ νῦν ἐφθέγξω, καὶ τό γε ἠρέμα τὴν αὐτὴν δύναμιν ἔχετον τῷ μᾶλλόν τε καὶ ἧττον: ὅπου γὰρ ἂν ἐνῆτον, οὐκ ἐᾶτον εἶναι ποσὸν ἕκαστον, ἀλλ' ἀεὶ σφοδρότερον ἡσυχαιτέρου καὶ τοὐναντίον ἑκάσταις πράξεσιν ἐμποιοῦντε τὸ πλέον καὶ τὸ ἔλαττον ἀπεργάζεσθον, τὸ δὲ ποσὸν ἀφανίζετον. ὃ γὰρ ἐλέχθη νυνδή, μὴ ἀφανίσαντε τὸ ποσόν, ἀλλ' ἐάσαντε αὐτό τε καὶ τὸ μέτριον ἐν τῇ
24c
and reminded me that the word “emphatically “which you have just used, and the word “gently” have the same force as “more” and “less.” For wherever they are present, they do not allow any definite quantity to exist; they always introduce in every instance a comparison—more emphatic than that which is quieter, or vice versa—and thus they create the relation of more and less, thereby doing away with fixed quantity. For, as I said just now, if they did not abolish quantity, but allowed it and measure to make their appearance in the abode of the more and less,
24d
τοῦ μᾶλλον καὶ ἧττον καὶ σφόδρα καὶ ἠρέμα ἕδρᾳ ἐγγενέσθαι, αὐτὰ ἔρρει ταῦτα ἐκ τῆς αὑτῶν χώρας ἐν ᾗ ἐνῆν. οὐ γὰρ ἔτι θερμότερον οὐδὲ ψυχρότερον εἴτην ἂν λαβόντε τὸ ποσόν: προχωρεῖ γὰρ καὶ οὐ μένει τό τε θερμότερον ἀεὶ καὶ τὸ ψυχρότερον ὡσαύτως, τὸ δὲ ποσὸν ἔστη καὶ προϊὸν ἐπαύσατο. κατὰ δὴ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἄπειρον γίγνοιτ' ἂν τὸ θερμότερον καὶ τοὐναντίον ἅμα.
Πρώταρχος:
φαίνεται γοῦν, ὦ Σώκρατες: ἔστι δ', ὅπερ εἶπες, οὐ ῥᾴδια ταῦτα συνέπεσθαι. τὸ δὲ εἰς αὖθίς τε καὶ αὖθις
24d
the emphatically and gently, those latter would be banished from their own proper place. When once they had accepted definite quantity, they would no longer be hotter or colder; for hotter and colder are always progressing and never stationary; but quantity is at rest and does not progress. By this reasoning hotter and its opposite are shown to be infinite.
Protarchus:
That appears to be the case, Socrates; but, as you said, these subjects are not easy to follow. Perhaps, however,
24e
ἴσως λεχθέντα τόν τε ἐρωτῶντα καὶ τὸν ἐρωτώμενον ἱκανῶς ἂν συμφωνοῦντας ἀποφήναιεν.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' εὖ μὲν λέγεις καὶ πειρατέον οὕτω ποιεῖν. νῦν μέντοι ἄθρει τῆς τοῦ ἀπείρου φύσεως εἰ τοῦτο δεξόμεθα σημεῖον, ἵνα μὴ πάντ' ἐπεξιόντες μηκύνωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον δὴ λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
ὁπός' ἂν ἡμῖν φαίνηται μᾶλλόν τε καὶ ἧττον γιγνόμενα καὶ τὸ σφόδρα καὶ ἠρέμα δεχόμενα καὶ τὸ λίαν καὶ ὅσα
24e
continued repetition might lead to a satisfactory agreement between the questioner and him who is questioned.
Socrates:
That is a good suggestion, and I must try to carry it out. However, to avoid waste of time in discussing all the individual examples, see if we can accept this as a designation of the infinite.
Protarchus:
Accept what?
Socrates:
All things which appear to us to become more or less, or to admit of emphatic and gentle
25a
τοιαῦτα πάντα, εἰς τὸ τοῦ ἀπείρου γένος ὡς εἰς ἓν δεῖ πάντα ταῦτα τιθέναι, κατὰ τὸν ἔμπροσθεν λόγον ὃν ἔφαμεν ὅσα διέσπασται καὶ διέσχισται συναγαγόντας χρῆναι κατὰ δύναμιν μίαν ἐπισημαίνεσθαί τινα φύσιν, εἰ μέμνησαι.
Πρώταρχος:
μέμνημαι.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὰ μὴ δεχόμενα ταῦτα, τούτων δὲ τὰ ἐναντία πάντα δεχόμενα, πρῶτον μὲν τὸ ἴσον καὶ ἰσότητα, μετὰ δὲ τὸ ἴσον τὸ διπλάσιον καὶ πᾶν ὅτιπερ ἂν πρὸς ἀριθμὸν ἀριθμὸς
25a
and excessive and the like, are to be put in the class of the infinite as their unity, in accordance with what we said a while ago, if you remember, that we ought to collect all things that are scattered and split up and impress upon them to the best of our ability the seal of some single nature.
Protarchus:
I remember.
Socrates:
And the things which do not admit of more and less and the like, but do admit of all that is opposed to them—first equality and the equal, then the double, and anything which is a definite number or measure in relation to such a number or measure—
25b
ἢ μέτρον ᾖ πρὸς μέτρον, ταῦτα σύμπαντα εἰς τὸ πέρας ἀπολογιζόμενοι καλῶς ἂν δοκοῖμεν δρᾶν τοῦτο. ἢ πῶς σὺ φῄς;
Πρώταρχος:
κάλλιστά γε, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
εἶεν: τὸ δὲ τρίτον τὸ μεικτὸν ἐκ τούτοιν ἀμφοῖν τίνα ἰδέαν φήσομεν ἔχειν;
Πρώταρχος:
σὺ καὶ ἐμοὶ φράσεις, ὡς οἶμαι.
Σωκράτης:
θεὸς μὲν οὖν, ἄνπερ γε ἐμαῖς εὐχαῖς ἐπήκοος γίγνηταί τις θεῶν.
Πρώταρχος:
εὔχου δὴ καὶ σκόπει.
Σωκράτης:
σκοπῶ: καί μοι δοκεῖ τις, ὦ Πρώταρχε, αὐτῶν φίλος ἡμῖν νυνδὴ γεγονέναι.
25b
all these might properly be assigned to the class of the finite. What do you say to that?
Protarchus:
Excellent, Socrates.
Socrates:
Well, what shall we say is the nature of the third class, made by combining these two?
Protarchus:
You will tell me, I fancy, by answering your own question.
Socrates:
Nay, a god will do so, if any god will give ear to my prayers.
Protarchus:
Pray, then, and watch.
Socrates:
I am watching; and I think, Protarchus, one of the gods has this moment been gracious unto me.
25c
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς λέγεις τοῦτο καὶ τίνι τεκμηρίῳ χρῇ;
Σωκράτης:
φράσω δῆλον ὅτι: σὺ δέ μοι συνακολούθησον τῷ λόγῳ.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε μόνον.
Σωκράτης:
θερμότερον ἐφθεγγόμεθα νυνδή πού τι καὶ ψυχρότερον. ἦ γάρ;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
πρόσθες δὴ ξηρότερον καὶ ὑγρότερον αὐτοῖς καὶ πλέον καὶ ἔλαττον καὶ θᾶττον καὶ βραδύτερον καὶ μεῖζον καὶ σμικρότερον καὶ ὁπόσα ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν τῆς τὸ μᾶλλόν τε καὶ ἧττον δεχομένης ἐτίθεμεν εἰς ἓν φύσεως.
25c
Protarchus:
What do you mean, and what evidence have you?
Socrates:
I will tell you, of course. Just follow what I say.
Protarchus:
Say on.
Socrates:
We spoke just now of hotter and colder, did we not?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
Add to them drier and wetter, more and less, quicker and slower, greater and smaller, and all that we assigned before to the class which unites more and less.
25d
Πρώταρχος:
τῆς τοῦ ἀπείρου λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
ναί. συμμείγνυ δέ γε εἰς αὐτὴν τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα τὴν αὖ τοῦ πέρατος γένναν.
Πρώταρχος:
ποίαν;
Σωκράτης:
ἣν καὶ νυνδή, δέον ἡμᾶς καθάπερ τὴν τοῦ ἀπείρου συνηγάγομεν εἰς ἕν, οὕτω καὶ τὴν τοῦ περατοειδοῦς συναγαγεῖν, οὐ συνηγάγομεν. ἀλλ' ἴσως καὶ νῦν ταὐτὸν δράσει, <εἰ> τούτων ἀμφοτέρων συναγομένων καταφανὴς κἀκείνη γενήσεται.
Πρώταρχος:
ποίαν καὶ πῶς λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
τὴν τοῦ ἴσου καὶ διπλασίου, καὶ ὁπόση παύει πρὸς
25d
Protarchus:
You mean the class of the infinite?
Socrates:
Yes. Mix with that the second class, the offspring of the limit.
Protarchus:
What class do you mean?
Socrates:
The class of the finite, which we ought just now to have reduced to unity, as we did that of the infinite. We have not done that, but perhaps we shall even now accomplish the same end, if these two are both unified and then the third class is revealed.
Protarchus:
What third class, and what do you mean?
Socrates:
The class of the equal and double and everything which puts an end
25e
ἄλληλα τἀναντία διαφόρως ἔχοντα, σύμμετρα δὲ καὶ σύμφωνα ἐνθεῖσα ἀριθμὸν ἀπεργάζεται.
Πρώταρχος:
μανθάνω: φαίνῃ γάρ μοι λέγειν μειγνὺς ταῦτα γενέσεις τινὰς ἐφ' ἑκάστων αὐτῶν συμβαίνειν.
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς γὰρ φαίνομαι.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε τοίνυν.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρα οὐκ ἐν μὲν νόσοις ἡ τούτων ὀρθὴ κοινωνία τὴν ὑγιείας φύσιν ἐγέννησεν;
25e
to the differences between opposites and makes them commensurable and harmonious by the introduction of number.
Protarchus:
I understand. I think you mean that by mixture of these elements certain results are produced in each instance.
Socrates:
Yes, you are right.
Protarchus:
Go on.
Socrates:
In cases of illness, does not the proper combination of these elements produce health?
26a
Πρώταρχος:
παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἐν δὲ ὀξεῖ καὶ βαρεῖ καὶ ταχεῖ καὶ βραδεῖ, ἀπείροις οὖσιν, ἆρ' οὐ ταὐτὰ [ἐγγιγνόμενα] ταῦτα: ἅμα πέρας τε ἀπηργάσατο καὶ μουσικὴν σύμπασαν τελεώτατα συνεστήσατο;
Πρώταρχος:
κάλλιστά γε.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν ἔν γε χειμῶσιν καὶ πνίγεσιν ἐγγενομένη τὸ μὲν πολὺ λίαν καὶ ἄπειρον ἀφείλετο, τὸ δὲ ἔμμετρον καὶ ἅμα σύμμετρον ἀπηργάσατο.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
26a
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And in the acute and the grave, the quick and the slow, which are unlimited, the addition of these same elements creates a limit and establishes the whole art of music in all its perfection, does it not?
Protarchus:
Excellent.
Socrates:
And again in the case of cold and hot weather, the introduction of these elements removes the excess and indefiniteness and creates moderation and harmony.
Protarchus:
Assuredly.
Socrates:
And thence arise the seasons and all the beauties of our world,
26b
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἐκ τούτων ὧραί τε καὶ ὅσα καλὰ πάντα ἡμῖν γέγονε, τῶν τε ἀπείρων καὶ τῶν πέρας ἐχόντων συμμειχθέντων;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ ἄλλα γε δὴ μυρία ἐπιλείπω λέγων, οἷον μεθ' ὑγιείας κάλλος καὶ ἰσχύν, καὶ ἐν ψυχαῖς αὖ πάμπολλα ἕτερα καὶ πάγκαλα. ὕβριν γάρ που καὶ σύμπασαν πάντων πονηρίαν αὕτη κατιδοῦσα ἡ θεός, ὦ καλὲ Φίληβε, πέρας οὔτε ἡδονῶν οὐδὲν οὔτε πλησμονῶν ἐνὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς, νόμον καὶ τάξιν πέρας ἔχοντ' ἔθετο: καὶ σὺ μὲν ἀποκναῖσαι φῂς
26b
by mixture of the infinite with the finite?
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
There are countless other things which I pass over, such as health, beauty, and strength of the body and the many glorious beauties of the soul. For this goddess,
my fair Philebus, beholding the violence and universal wickedness which prevailed, since there was no limit of pleasures or of indulgence in them, established law and order, which contain a limit. You say she did harm;
26c
αὐτήν, ἐγὼ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἀποσῶσαι λέγω. σοὶ δέ, ὦ Πρώταρχε, πῶς φαίνεται;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔμοιγε κατὰ νοῦν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὰ μὲν δὴ τρία ταῦτα εἴρηκα, εἰ συννοεῖς.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' οἶμαι κατανοεῖν: ἓν μὲν γάρ μοι δοκεῖς τὸ ἄπειρον λέγειν, ἓν δὲ καὶ δεύτερον τὸ πέρας ἐν τοῖς οὖσι: τρίτον δὲ οὐ σφόδρα κατέχω τί βούλει φράζειν.
Σωκράτης:
τὸ γὰρ πλῆθός σε, ὦ θαυμάσιε, ἐξέπληξε τῆς τοῦ τρίτου γενέσεως: καίτοι πολλά γε καὶ τὸ ἄπειρον παρέσχετο
26c
I say, on the contrary, she brought salvation. What do you think, Protarchus?
Protarchus:
What you say, Socrates, pleases me greatly.
Socrates:
I have spoken of these three classes, you observe.
Protarchus:
Yes, I believe I understand; I think you mean that the infinite is one class and the finite is another class among existing things; but what you wish to designate as the third class, I do not comprehend very well.
Socrates:
No, because the multitude which springs up in the third class overpowers you and yet the infinite also comprised many classes,
26d
γένη, ὅμως δ' ἐπισφραγισθέντα τῷ τοῦ μᾶλλον καὶ ἐναντίου γένει ἓν ἐφάνη.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθῆ.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν τό γε πέρας οὔτε πολλὰ εἶχεν, οὔτ' ἐδυσκολαίνομεν ὡς οὐκ ἦν ἓν φύσει.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐδαμῶς. ἀλλὰ τρίτον φάθι με λέγειν, ἓν τοῦτο τιθέντα τὸ τούτων ἔκγονον ἅπαν, γένεσιν εἰς οὐσίαν ἐκ τῶν μετὰ τοῦ πέρατος ἀπειργασμένων μέτρων.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔμαθον.
26d
nevertheless, since they were sealed with the seal of the more and less, they were seen to be of one class.
Protarchus:
True.
Socrates:
And the finite, again, did not contain many classes, nor were we disturbed about its natural unity.
Protarchus:
Of course not.
Socrates:
No, not at all. And as to the third class, understand that I mean every offspring of these two which comes into being as a result of the measures created by the cooperation of the finite.
Protarchus:
I understand.
26e
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλὰ δὴ πρὸς τρισὶ τέταρτόν τι τότε ἔφαμεν εἶναι γένος σκεπτέον: κοινὴ δ' ἡ σκέψις. ὅρα γὰρ εἴ σοι δοκεῖ ἀναγκαῖον εἶναι πάντα τὰ γιγνόμενα διά τινα αἰτίαν γίγνεσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔμοιγε: πῶς γὰρ ἂν χωρὶς τούτου γίγνοιτο;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἡ τοῦ ποιοῦντος φύσις οὐδὲν πλὴν ὀνόματι τῆς αἰτίας διαφέρει, τὸ δὲ ποιοῦν καὶ τὸ αἴτιον ὀρθῶς ἂν εἴη λεγόμενον ἕν;
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς.
26e
Socrates:
But we said there was, in addition to three classes, a fourth to be investigated. Let us do that together. See whether you think that everything which comes into being must necessarily come into being through a cause.
Protarchus:
Yes, I do; for how could it come into being apart from a cause?
Socrates:
Does not the nature of that which makes or creates differ only in name from the cause, and may not the creative agent and the cause be properly considered one?
Protarchus:
Yes.
27a
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν τό γε ποιούμενον αὖ καὶ τὸ γιγνόμενον οὐδὲν πλὴν ὀνόματι, καθάπερ τὸ νυνδή, διαφέρον εὑρήσομεν. ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτως.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν ἡγεῖται μὲν τὸ ποιοῦν ἀεὶ κατὰ φύσιν, τὸ δὲ ποιούμενον ἐπακολουθεῖ γιγνόμενον ἐκείνῳ;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
ἄλλο ἄρα καὶ οὐ ταὐτὸν αἰτία τ' ἐστὶ καὶ τὸ δουλεῦον εἰς γένεσιν αἰτίᾳ.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὰ μὲν γιγνόμενα καὶ ἐξ ὧν γίγνεται πάντα τὰ τρία παρέσχετο ἡμῖν γένη;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα.
27a
Socrates:
And, again, we shall find that, on the same principle, that which is made or created differs in name only from that which comes into being, shall we not?
Protarchus:
We shall.
Socrates:
And the creative agent always naturally leads, and that which is created follows after it as it comes into being?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Then the cause and that which is the servant of the cause for the purpose of generation are not the same.
Protarchus:
Of course not.
Socrates:
Did not the things which come into being and the things out of which they come into being furnish us all the three classes?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
27b
Σωκράτης:
τὸ δὲ δὴ πάντα ταῦτα δημιουργοῦν λέγομεν τέταρτον, τὴν αἰτίαν, ὡς ἱκανῶς ἕτερον ἐκείνων δεδηλωμένον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἕτερον γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς μὴν ἔχει, διωρισμένων τῶν τεττάρων, ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μνήμης ἕνεκα ἐφεξῆς αὐτὰ καταριθμήσασθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν ἄπειρον λέγω, δεύτερον δὲ πέρας, ἔπειτ' ἐκ τούτων τρίτον μεικτὴν καὶ γεγενημένην οὐσίαν: τὴν δὲ τῆς μείξεως αἰτίαν καὶ γενέσεως τετάρτην
27b
Socrates:
And that which produces all these, the cause, we call the fourth, as it has been satisfactorily shown to be distinct from the others?
Protarchus:
Yes, it is distinct.
Socrates:
It is, then, proper, now that we have distinguished the four, to make sure that we remember them separately by enumerating them in order.
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
The first, then, I call infinite, the second limit or finite, and the third something generated by a mixture of these two. And should I be making any mistake if I called
27c
λέγων ἆρα μὴ πλημμελοίην ἄν τι;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
φέρε δή, τὸ μετὰ τοῦθ' ἡμῖν τίς ὁ λόγος, καὶ τί ποτε βουληθέντες εἰς ταῦτα ἀφικόμεθα; ἆρ' οὐ τόδε ἦν; δευτερεῖα ἐζητοῦμεν πότερον ἡδονῆς γίγνοιτ' ἂν ἢ φρονήσεως. οὐχ οὕτως ἦν;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτω μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν ἴσως νῦν, ἐπειδὴ ταῦτα οὕτω διειλόμεθα, κάλλιον ἂν καὶ τὴν κρίσιν ἐπιτελεσαίμεθα πρώτου πέρι καὶ δευτέρου, περὶ ὧν δὴ τὸ πρῶτον ἠμφεσβητήσαμεν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἴσως.
27c
the cause of this mixture and creation the fourth?
Protarchus:
Certainly not.
Socrates:
Now what is the next step in our argument, and what was our purpose in coming to the point we have reached? Was it not this? We were trying to find out whether the second place belonged to pleasure or to wisdom, were we not?
Protarchus:
Yes, we were.
Socrates:
And may we not, perhaps, now that we have finished with these points, be better able to come to a decision about the first and second places, which was the original subject of our discussion?
Protarchus:
Perhaps.
27d
Σωκράτης:
ἴθι δή: νικῶντα μὲν ἔθεμέν που τὸν μεικτὸν βίον ἡδονῆς τε καὶ φρονήσεως. ἦν οὕτως;
Πρώταρχος:
ἦν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τοῦτον μὲν τὸν βίον ὁρῶμέν που τίς τέ ἐστι καὶ ὁποίου γένους;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μέρος γ' αὐτὸν φήσομεν εἶναι τοῦ τρίτου οἶμαι γένους: οὐ γὰρ [ὁ] δυοῖν τινοῖν ἐστι [μικτὸς ἐκεῖνοσ] ἀλλὰ συμπάντων τῶν ἀπείρων ὑπὸ τοῦ πέρατος δεδεμένων, ὥστε ὀρθῶς ὁ νικηφόρος οὗτος βίος μέρος ἐκείνου γίγνοιτ' ἄν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα μὲν οὖν.
27d
Socrates:
Well then; we decided that the mixed life of pleasure and wisdom was the victor, did we not?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
And do we not see what kind of life this is, and to what class it belongs?
Protarchus:
Of course we do.
Socrates:
We shall say that it belongs to the third class; for that class is not formed by mixture of any two things, but of all the things which belong to the infinite, bound by the finite; and therefore this victorious life would rightly be considered a part of this class.
Protarchus:
Quite rightly.
27e
Σωκράτης:
εἶεν: τί δὲ ὁ σός, ὦ Φίληβε, ἡδὺς καὶ ἄμεικτος ὤν; ἐν τίνι γένει τῶν εἰρημένων λεγόμενος ὀρθῶς ἄν ποτε λέγοιτο; ὧδε δ' ἀπόκριναί μοι πρὶν ἀποφήνασθαι.
Φίληβος:
λέγε μόνον.
Σωκράτης:
ἡδονὴ καὶ λύπη πέρας ἔχετον, ἢ τῶν τὸ μᾶλλόν τε καὶ ἧττον δεχομένων ἐστόν;
Φίληβος:
ναί, τῶν τὸ μᾶλλον, ὦ Σώκρατες: οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἡδονὴ πᾶν ἀγαθὸν ἦν, εἰ μὴ ἄπειρον ἐτύγχανε πεφυκὸς καὶ πλήθει καὶ τῷ μᾶλλον.
27e
Socrates:
Well then, what of your life, Philebus, of unmixed pleasure? In which of the aforesaid classes may it properly be said to belong? But before you tell me, please answer this question.
Philebus:
Ask your question.
Socrates:
Have pleasure and pain a limit, or are they among the things which admit of more and less?
Philebus:
Yes, they are among those which admit of the more, Socrates; for pleasure would not be absolute good if it were not infinite in number and degree.
28a
Σωκράτης:
οὐδέ γ' ἄν, ὦ Φίληβε, λύπη πᾶν κακόν: ὥστ' ἄλλο τι νῷν σκεπτέον ἢ τὴν τοῦ ἀπείρου φύσιν ὡς παρέχεταί τι μέρος ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ἀγαθοῦ. τούτω δή σοι τῶν ἀπεράντων γε γένους ἔστων: φρόνησιν δὲ καὶ ἐπιστήμην καὶ νοῦν εἰς τί ποτε τῶν προειρημένων, ὦ Πρώταρχέ τε καὶ Φίληβε, νῦν θέντες οὐκ ἂν ἀσεβοῖμεν; οὐ γάρ μοι δοκεῖ σμικρὸς ἡμῖν εἶναι ὁ κίνδυνος κατορθώσασι καὶ μὴ περὶ τὸ νῦν ἐρωτώμενον.
28a
Socrates:
Nor would pain, Philebus, be absolute evil; so it is not the infinite which supplies any element of good in pleasure; we must look for something else. Well, I grant you that pleasure and pain are in the class of the infinite but to which of the aforesaid classes, Protarchus and Philebus, can we now without irreverence assign wisdom, knowledge, and mind? I think we must find the right answer to this question, for our danger is great if we fail.
28b
Φίληβος:
σεμνύνεις γάρ, ὦ Σώκρατες, τὸν σεαυτοῦ θεόν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ γὰρ σύ, ὦ ἑταῖρε, τὴν σαυτοῦ: τὸ δ' ἐρωτώμενον ὅμως ἡμῖν λεκτέον.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς τοι λέγει Σωκράτης, ὦ Φίληβε, καὶ αὐτῷ πειστέον.
Φίληβος:
οὐκοῦν ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ σύ, Πρώταρχε, προῄρησαι λέγειν;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε: νῦν μέντοι σχεδὸν ἀπορῶ, καὶ δέομαί γε, ὦ Σώκρατες, αὐτόν σε ἡμῖν γενέσθαι προφήτην, ἵνα μηδὲν ἡμεῖς σοι περὶ τὸν ἀγωνιστὴν ἐξαμαρτάνοντες παρὰ μέλος φθεγξώμεθά τι.
28b
Philebus:
Oh Socrates, you exalt your own god.
Socrates:
And you your goddess, my friend. But the question calls for an answer, all the same.
Protarchus:
Socrates is right, Philebus; you ought to do as he asks.
Philebus:
Did you not, Protarchus, elect to reply in my place?
Protarchus:
Yes; but now I am somewhat at a loss, and I ask you, Socrates, to be our spokesman yourself, that we may not select the wrong representative and so say something improper.
28c
Σωκράτης:
πειστέον, ὦ Πρώταρχε: οὐδὲ γὰρ χαλεπὸν οὐδὲν ἐπιτάττεις. ἀλλ' ὄντως σε ἐγώ, καθάπερ εἶπε Φίληβος, σεμνύνων ἐν τῷ παίζειν ἐθορύβησα, νοῦν καὶ ἐπιστήμην ἐρόμενος ὁποίου γένους εἶεν;
Πρώταρχος:
παντάπασί γε, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλὰ μὴν ῥᾴδιον: πάντες γὰρ συμφωνοῦσιν οἱ σοφοί, ἑαυτοὺς ὄντως σεμνύνοντες, ὡς νοῦς ἐστι βασιλεὺς ἡμῖν οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ γῆς. καὶ ἴσως εὖ λέγουσι. διὰ μακροτέρων δ', εἰ βούλει, τὴν σκέψιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ γένους ποιησώμεθα.
28c
Socrates:
I must do as you ask, Protarchus; and it is not difficult. But did I really, as Philebus said, embarrass you by playfully exalting my god, when I asked to what class mind and knowledge should be assigned?
Protarchus:
You certainly did, Socrates.
Socrates:
Yet the answer is easy; for all philosophers agree—whereby they really exalt themselves—that mind is king of heaven and earth. Perhaps they are right. But let us, if you please, investigate the question of its class more at length.
28d
Πρώταρχος:
λέγ' ὅπως βούλει, μηδὲν μῆκος ἡμῖν ὑπολογιζόμενος, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς οὐκ ἀπεχθησόμενος.
Σωκράτης:
καλῶς εἶπες. ἀρξώμεθα δέ πως ὧδε ἐπανερωτῶντες.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
πότερον, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τὰ σύμπαντα καὶ τόδε τὸ καλούμενον ὅλον ἐπιτροπεύειν φῶμεν τὴν τοῦ ἀλόγου καὶ εἰκῇ δύναμιν καὶ τὸ ὅπῃ ἔτυχεν, ἢ τἀναντία, καθάπερ οἱ πρόσθεν ἡμῶν ἔλεγον, νοῦν καὶ φρόνησίν τινα θαυμαστὴν συντάττουσαν διακυβερνᾶν;
28d
Protarchus:
Speak just as you like, Socrates. Do not consider length, so far as we are concerned you cannot bore us.
Socrates:
Good. Then let us begin by asking a question.
Protarchus:
What is the question?
Socrates:
Shall we say, Protarchus, that all things and this which is called the universe are governed by an irrational and fortuitous power and mere chance, or, on the contrary, as our forefathers said, are ordered and directed by mind and a marvellous wisdom?
28e
Πρώταρχος:
οὐδὲν τῶν αὐτῶν, ὦ θαυμάσιε Σώκρατες: ὃ μὲν γὰρ σὺ νῦν λέγεις, οὐδὲ ὅσιον εἶναί μοι φαίνεται. τὸ δὲ νοῦν πάντα διακοσμεῖν αὐτὰ φάναι καὶ τῆς ὄψεως τοῦ κόσμου καὶ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης καὶ ἀστέρων καὶ πάσης τῆς περιφορᾶς ἄξιον, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως ἔγωγ' ἄν ποτε περὶ αὐτῶν εἴποιμι οὐδ' ἂν δοξάσαιμι.
Σωκράτης:
βούλει δῆτά τι καὶ ἡμεῖς τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ὁμολογούμενον
28e
Protarchus:
The two points of view have nothing in common, my wonderful Socrates. For what you are now saying seems to me actually impious. But the assertion that mind orders all things is worthy of the aspect of the world, of sun, moon, stars, and the whole revolving universe; I can never say or think anything else about it.
Socrates:
Do you, then, think we should assent to this and agree in the doctrine of our predecessors,
29a
συμφήσωμεν ὡς ταῦθ' οὕτως ἔχει, καὶ μὴ μόνον οἰώμεθα δεῖν τἀλλότρια ἄνευ κινδύνου λέγειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ συγκινδυνεύωμεν καὶ μετέχωμεν τοῦ ψόγου, ὅταν ἀνὴρ δεινὸς φῇ ταῦτα μὴ οὕτως ἀλλ' ἀτάκτως ἔχειν;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὐκ ἂν βουλοίμην;
Σωκράτης:
ἴθι δή, τὸν ἐπιόντα περὶ τούτων νῦν ἡμῖν λόγον ἄθρει.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε μόνον.
Σωκράτης:
τὰ περὶ τὴν τῶν σωμάτων φύσιν ἁπάντων τῶν ζῴων, πῦρ καὶ ὕδωρ καὶ πνεῦμα καθορῶμέν που καὶ γῆν καθάπερ οἱ χειμαζόμενοι, φασίν, ἐνόντα ἐν τῇ συστάσει.
29a
not merely intending to repeat the words of others, with no risk to ourselves, but ready to share with them in the risk and the blame, if any clever man declares that this world is not thus ordered, but is without order?
Protarchus:
Yes, of course I do.
Socrates:
Then observe the argument that now comes against us.
Protarchus:
Go on.
Socrates:
We see the elements which belong to the natures of all living beings, fire, water, air, and earth—or, as the storm-tossed mariners say, land in sight—
29b
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα: χειμαζόμεθα γὰρ ὄντως ὑπ' ἀπορίας ἐν τοῖς νῦν λόγοις.
Σωκράτης:
φέρε δή, περὶ ἑκάστου τῶν παρ' ἡμῖν λαβὲ τὸ τοιόνδε.
Πρώταρχος:
ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὅτι μικρόν τε τούτων ἕκαστον παρ' ἡμῖν ἔνεστι καὶ φαῦλον καὶ οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς εἰλικρινὲς ὂν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν οὐκ ἀξίαν τῆς φύσεως ἔχον. ἐν ἑνὶ δὲ λαβὼν περὶ πάντων νόει ταὐτόν. οἷον πῦρ ἔστι μέν που παρ' ἡμῖν, ἔστι δ' ἐν τῷ παντί.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
29b
in the constitution of the universe.
Protarchus:
Certainly and we are truly storm-tossed in the puzzling cross-currents of this discussion.
Socrates:
Well, here is a point for you to consider in relation to each of these elements as it exists in us.
Protarchus:
What is the point?
Socrates:
Each element in us is small and poor and in no way pure at all or endowed with the power which is worthy of its nature. Take one example and apply it to all. Fire, for instance, exists in us and also in the universe.
Protarchus:
Of course.
29c
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν σμικρὸν μέν τι τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν καὶ ἀσθενὲς καὶ φαῦλον, τὸ δ' ἐν τῷ παντὶ πλήθει τε θαυμαστὸν καὶ κάλλει καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει τῇ περὶ τὸ πῦρ οὔσῃ.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλ' ἀληθὲς ὃ λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
τί δέ; τρέφεται καὶ γίγνεται ἐκ τούτου καὶ αὔξεται τὸ τοῦ παντὸς πῦρ ὑπὸ τοῦ παρ' ἡμῖν πυρός, ἢ τοὐναντίον ὑπ' ἐκείνου τό τ' ἐμὸν καὶ τὸ σὸν καὶ τὸ τῶν ἄλλων ζῴων ἅπαντ' ἴσχει ταῦτα;
Πρώταρχος:
τοῦτο μὲν οὐδ' ἀποκρίσεως ἄξιον ἐρωτᾷς.
29c
Socrates:
And that which is in us is small, weak, and poor, but that which is in the universe is marvellous in quantity, beauty, and every power which belongs to fire.
Protarchus:
What you say is very true.
Socrates:
Well, is the fire of the universe nourished, originated, and ruled by the fire within us, or, on the contrary, does my fire, and yours, and that of all living beings derive nourishment and all that from the universal fire?
Protarchus:
That question does not even deserve an answer.
29d
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς: ταὐτὰ γὰρ ἐρεῖς οἶμαι περί τε τῆς ἐν τοῖς ζῴοις γῆς τῆς ἐνθάδε καὶ τῆς ἐν τῷ παντί, καὶ τῶν ἄλλων δὴ πάντων ὅσων ἠρώτησα ὀλίγον ἔμπροσθεν. οὕτως ἀποκρινῇ;
Πρώταρχος:
τίς γὰρ ἀποκρινόμενος ἄλλως ὑγιαίνων ἄν ποτε φανείη;
Σωκράτης:
σχεδὸν οὐδ' ὁστισοῦν: ἀλλὰ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο ἑξῆς ἕπου. πάντα γὰρ ἡμεῖς ταῦτα τὰ νυνδὴ λεχθέντα ἆρ' οὐκ εἰς ἓν συγκείμενα ἰδόντες ἐπωνομάσαμεν σῶμα;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
29d
Socrates:
True; and you will, I fancy, say the same of the earth which is in us living creatures and that which is in the universe, and concerning all the other elements about which I asked a moment ago your answer will be the same.
Protarchus:
Yes. Who could answer otherwise without being called a lunatic?
Socrates:
Nobody, I fancy. Now follow the next step. When we see that all the aforesaid elements are gathered together into a unit, do we not call them a body?
Protarchus:
Of course.
29e
Σωκράτης:
ταὐτὸν δὴ λαβὲ καὶ περὶ τοῦδε ὃν κόσμον λέγομεν: [διὰ] τὸν αὐτὸν γὰρ τρόπον ἂν εἴη που σῶμα, σύνθετον ὂν ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
πότερον οὖν ἐκ τούτου τοῦ σώματος ὅλως τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα ἢ ἐκ τοῦ παρ' ἡμῖν τοῦτο τρέφεταί τε καὶ ὅσα νυνδὴ περὶ αὐτῶν εἴπομεν εἴληφέν τε καὶ ἔχει;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ τοῦθ' ἕτερον, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐκ ἄξιον ἐρωτήσεως.
29e
Socrates:
Apply the same line of thought to that which we call the universe. It would likewise be a body, being composed of the same elements.
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
Does our body derive, obtain, and possess from that body, or that body from ours, nourishment and everything else that we mentioned just now?
Protarchus:
That, Socrates, is another question not worth asking.
30a
Σωκράτης:
τί δέ; τόδε ἆρα ἄξιον; ἢ πῶς ἐρεῖς;
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε τὸ ποῖον.
Σωκράτης:
τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα ἆρ' οὐ ψυχὴν φήσομεν ἔχειν;
Πρώταρχος:
δῆλον ὅτι φήσομεν.
Σωκράτης:
πόθεν, ὦ φίλε Πρώταρχε, λαβόν, εἴπερ μὴ τό γε τοῦ παντὸς σῶμα ἔμψυχον ὂν ἐτύγχανε, ταὐτά γε ἔχον τούτῳ καὶ ἔτι πάντῃ καλλίονα;
Πρώταρχος:
δῆλον ὡς οὐδαμόθεν ἄλλοθεν, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
οὐ γάρ που δοκοῦμέν γε, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τὰ τέτταρα ἐκεῖνα, πέρας καὶ ἄπειρον καὶ κοινὸν καὶ τὸ τῆς αἰτίας γένος
30a
Socrates:
Well, is this next one worth asking? What will you say to it?
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
Shall we not say that our body has a soul?
Protarchus:
Clearly we shall.
Socrates:
Where did it get it, Protarchus, unless the body of the universe had a soul, since that body has the same elements as ours, only in every way superior?
Protarchus:
Clearly it could get it from no other source.
Socrates:
No; for we surely do not believe, Protarchus, that of those four elements, the finite, the infinite, the combination,
30b
ἐν ἅπασι τέταρτον ἐνόν, τοῦτο ἐν μὲν τοῖς παρ' ἡμῖν ψυχήν τε παρέχον καὶ σωμασκίαν ἐμποιοῦν καὶ πταίσαντος σώματος ἰατρικὴν καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις ἄλλα συντιθὲν καὶ ἀκούμενον πᾶσαν καὶ παντοίαν σοφίαν ἐπικαλεῖσθαι, τῶν δ' αὐτῶν τούτων ὄντων ἐν ὅλῳ τε οὐρανῷ καὶ κατὰ μεγάλα μέρη, καὶ προσέτι καλῶν καὶ εἰλικρινῶν, ἐν τούτοις δ' οὐκ ἄρα μεμηχανῆσθαι τὴν τῶν καλλίστων καὶ τιμιωτάτων φύσιν.
30b
and the element of cause which exists in all things, this last, which gives to our bodies souls and the art of physical exercise and medical treatment when the body is ill, and which is in general a composing and healing power, is called the sum of all wisdom, and yet, while these same elements exist in the entire heaven and in great parts thereof, and area moreover, fair and pure, there is no means of including among them that nature which is the fairest and most precious of all.
30c
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' οὐδαμῶς τοῦτό γ' ἂν λόγον ἔχοι.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν εἰ μὴ τοῦτο, μετ' ἐκείνου τοῦ λόγου ἂν ἑπόμενοι βέλτιον λέγοιμεν ὡς ἔστιν, ἃ πολλάκις εἰρήκαμεν, ἄπειρόν τε ἐν τῷ παντὶ πολύ, καὶ πέρας ἱκανόν, καί τις ἐπ' αὐτοῖς αἰτία οὐ φαύλη, κοσμοῦσά τε καὶ συντάττουσα ἐνιαυτούς τε καὶ ὥρας καὶ μῆνας, σοφία καὶ νοῦς λεγομένη δικαιότατ' ἄν.
Πρώταρχος:
δικαιότατα δῆτα.
Σωκράτης:
σοφία μὴν καὶ νοῦς ἄνευ ψυχῆς οὐκ ἄν ποτε γενοίσθην.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐ γὰρ οὖν.
30c
Protarchus:
Certainly there would be no sense in that.
Socrates:
Then if that is not the case, it would be better to follow the other line of thought and say, as we have often said, that there is in the universe a plentiful infinite and a sufficient limit, and in addition a by no means feeble cause which orders and arranges years and seasons and months, and may most justly be called wisdom and mind.
Protarchus:
Yes, most justly.
Socrates:
Surely reason and mind could never come into being without soul.
Protarchus:
No, never.
Socrates:
Then in the nature of Zeus you would say that a kingly soul
30d
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἐν μὲν τῇ τοῦ Διὸς ἐρεῖς φύσει βασιλικὴν μὲν ψυχήν, βασιλικὸν δὲ νοῦν ἐγγίγνεσθαι διὰ τὴν τῆς αἰτίας δύναμιν, ἐν δ' ἄλλοις ἄλλα καλά, καθ' ὅτι φίλον ἑκάστοις λέγεσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
μάλα γε.
Σωκράτης:
τοῦτον δὴ τὸν λόγον ἡμᾶς μή τι μάτην δόξῃς, ὦ Πρώταρχε, εἰρηκέναι, ἀλλ' ἔστι τοῖς μὲν πάλαι ἀποφηναμένοις ὡς ἀεὶ τοῦ παντὸς νοῦς ἄρχει σύμμαχος ἐκείνοις.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστι γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
τῇ δέ γε ἐμῇ ζητήσει πεπορικὼς ἀπόκρισιν, ὅτι νοῦς
30d
and a kingly mind were implanted through the power of the cause, and in other deities other noble qualities from which they derive their favorite epithets.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Now do not imagine, Protarchus, that this is mere idle talk of mine; it confirms the utterances of those who declared of old
that mind always rules the universe.
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
And to my question it has furnished the reply
30e
ἐστὶ γένους τῆς τοῦ πάντων αἰτίου λεχθέντος [τῶν τεττάρων, [ὧν] ἦν ἡμῖν ἓν τοῦτο]. ἔχεις γὰρ δήπου νῦν ἡμῶν ἤδη τὴν ἀπόκρισιν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔχω καὶ μάλα ἱκανῶς: καίτοι με ἀποκρινάμενος ἔλαθες.
Σωκράτης:
ἀνάπαυλα γάρ, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τῆς σπουδῆς γίγνεται ἐνίοτε ἡ παιδιά.
Πρώταρχος:
καλῶς εἶπες.
30e
that mind belongs to that one of our four classes which was called the cause of all. Now, you see, you have at last my answer.
Protarchus:
Yes, and a very sufficient one and yet you answered without my knowing it.
Socrates:
Yes, Protarchus, for sometimes a joke is a restful change from serious talk.
Protarchus:
You are right.
Socrates:
We have now, then, my friend, pretty clearly shown to what class mind belongs
31a
Σωκράτης:
νῦν δήπου, ὦ ἑταῖρε, οὗ μὲν γένους ἐστὶ καὶ τίνα ποτὲ δύναμιν κέκτηται, σχεδὸν ἐπιεικῶς ἡμῖν τὰ νῦν δεδήλωται.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν ἡδονῆς γε ὡσαύτως πάλαι τὸ γένος ἐφάνη.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα.
Σωκράτης:
μεμνώμεθα δὴ καὶ ταῦτα περὶ ἀμφοῖν, ὅτι νοῦς μὲν αἰτίας ἦν συγγενὴς καὶ τούτου σχεδὸν τοῦ γένους, ἡδονὴ δὲ ἄπειρός τε αὐτὴ καὶ τοῦ μήτε ἀρχὴν μήτε μέσα μήτε τέλος ἐν αὑτῷ ἀφ' ἑαυτοῦ ἔχοντος μηδὲ ἕξοντός ποτε γένους.
31a
and what power it possesses.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And likewise the class of pleasure was made clear some time ago.
Protarchus:
Yes, it was.
Socrates:
Let us, then, remember concerning both of them that mind was akin to cause and belonged more or less to that class, and that pleasure was itself infinite and belonged to the class which, in and by itself, has not and never will have either beginning or middle or end.
31b
Πρώταρχος:
μεμνησόμεθα: πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
δεῖ δὴ τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο, ἐν ᾧ τέ ἐστιν ἑκάτερον αὐτοῖν καὶ διὰ τί πάθος γίγνεσθον ὁπόταν γίγνησθον ἰδεῖν ἡμᾶς. πρῶτον τὴν ἡδονήν: ὥσπερ τὸ γένος αὐτῆς πρότερον ἐβασανίσαμεν, οὕτω καὶ ταῦτα πρότερα. λύπης δὲ αὖ χωρὶς τὴν ἡδονὴν οὐκ ἄν ποτε δυναίμεθα ἱκανῶς βασανίσαι.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' εἰ ταύτῃ χρὴ πορεύεσθαι, ταύτῃ πορευώμεθα.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν σοὶ καθάπερ ἐμοὶ φαίνεται τῆς γενέσεως αὐτῶν πέρι;
31b
Protarchus:
We will remember that, of course.
Socrates:
Our next task is to see in what and by means of what feeling each of them comes into being whenever they do come into being. We will take pleasure first and discuss these questions in relation to pleasure, as we examined its class first. But we cannot examine pleasure successfully apart from pain.
Protarchus:
If that is our proper path, let us follow it.
Socrates:
Do you agree with us about the origin of pleasure?
31c
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ἐν τῷ κοινῷ μοι γένει ἅμα φαίνεσθον λύπη τε καὶ ἡδονὴ γίγνεσθαι κατὰ φύσιν.
Πρώταρχος:
κοινὸν δέ γε, ὦ φίλε Σώκρατες, ὑπομίμνῃσκε ἡμᾶς τί ποτε τῶν προειρημένων βούλει δηλοῦν.
Σωκράτης:
ἔσται ταῦτ' εἰς δύναμιν, ὦ θαυμάσιε.
Πρώταρχος:
καλῶς εἶπες.
Σωκράτης:
κοινὸν τοίνυν ὑπακούωμεν ὃ δὴ τῶν τεττάρων τρίτον ἐλέγομεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὃ μετὰ τὸ ἄπειρον καὶ πέρας ἔλεγες, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ὑγίειαν, οἶμαι δὲ καὶ ἁρμονίαν, ἐτίθεσο;
31c
Protarchus:
What do you think it is?
Socrates:
I think pain and pleasure naturally originate in the combined class.
Protarchus:
Please, my dear Socrates, remind us which of the aforesaid classes you mean by the combined class.
Socrates:
I will do so, as well as I can, my brilliant friend.
Protarchus:
Thank you.
Socrates:
By combined class, then, let us understand that which we said was the third of the four.
Protarchus:
The one you mentioned after the infinite and the finite, and in which you put health and also, I believe, harmony?
31d
Σωκράτης:
κάλλιστ' εἶπες. τὸν νοῦν δὲ ὅτι μάλιστ' ἤδη πρόσεχε.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε μόνον.
Σωκράτης:
λέγω τοίνυν τῆς ἁρμονίας μὲν λυομένης ἡμῖν ἐν τοῖς ζῴοις ἅμα λύσιν τῆς φύσεως καὶ γένεσιν ἀλγηδόνων ἐν τῷ τότε γίγνεσθαι χρόνῳ.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ λέγεις εἰκός.
Σωκράτης:
πάλιν δὲ ἁρμοττομένης τε καὶ εἰς τὴν αὑτῆς φύσιν ἀπιούσης ἡδονὴν γίγνεσθαι λεκτέον, εἰ δεῖ δι' ὀλίγων περὶ μεγίστων ὅτι τάχιστα ῥηθῆναι.
31d
Socrates:
You are quite right. Now please pay very close attention.
Protarchus:
I will. Say on.
Socrates:
I say, then, that when, in us living beings, harmony is broken up, a disruption of nature and a generation of pain also take place at the same moment.
Protarchus:
What you say is very likely.
Socrates:
But if harmony is recomposed and returns to its own nature, then I say that pleasure is generated, if I may speak in the fewest and briefest words about matters of the highest import.
31e
Πρώταρχος:
οἶμαι μέν σε ὀρθῶς λέγειν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἐμφανέστερον δὲ ἔτι ταὐτὰ ταῦτα πειρώμεθα λέγειν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὰ δημόσιά που καὶ περιφανῆ ῥᾷστον συννοεῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
ποῖα;
Σωκράτης:
πείνη μέν που λύσις καὶ λύπη;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
ἐδωδὴ δέ, πλήρωσις γιγνομένη πάλιν, ἡδονή;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
δίψος δ' αὖ φθορὰ καὶ λύπη [καὶ λύσισ], ἡ δὲ τοῦ
31e
Protarchus:
I think you are right, Socrates; but let us try to be more explicit.
Socrates:
It is easiest to understand common and obvious examples, is it not?
Protarchus:
What examples?
Socrates:
Is hunger a kind of breaking up and a pain?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
And eating, which is a filling up again, is a pleasure?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
Thirst again is a destruction and a pain, but the filling with moisture
32a
ὑγροῦ πάλιν τὸ ξηρανθὲν πληροῦσα δύναμις ἡδονή: διάκρισις δέ γ' αὖ καὶ διάλυσις ἡ παρὰ φύσιν, τοῦ πνίγους πάθη, λύπη, κατὰ φύσιν δὲ πάλιν ἀπόδοσίς τε καὶ ψῦξις ἡδονή.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ ῥίγους ἡ μὲν παρὰ φύσιν τοῦ ζῴου τῆς ὑγρότητος πῆξις λύπη: πάλιν δ' εἰς ταὐτὸν ἀπιόντων καὶ διακρινομένων ἡ κατὰ φύσιν ὁδὸς ἡδονή. καὶ ἑνὶ λόγῳ σκόπει εἴ σοι μέτριος ὁ λόγος ὃς ἂν φῇ τὸ ἐκ τῆς ἀπείρου καὶ
32a
of that which was dried up is a pleasure. Then, too, the unnatural dissolution and disintegration we experience through heat are a pain, but the natural restoration and cooling are a pleasure.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And the unnatural hardening of the moisture in an animal through cold is pain; but the natural course of the elements returning to their place and separating is a pleasure. See, in short, if you think it is a reasonable statement that whenever in the class of living beings,
32b
πέρατος κατὰ φύσιν ἔμψυχον γεγονὸς εἶδος, ὅπερ ἔλεγον ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν, ὅταν μὲν τοῦτο φθείρηται, τὴν μὲν φθορὰν λύπην εἶναι, τὴν δ' εἰς τὴν αὑτῶν οὐσίαν ὁδόν, ταύτην δὲ αὖ πάλιν τὴν ἀναχώρησιν πάντων ἡδονήν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστω: δοκεῖ γάρ μοι τύπον γέ τινα ἔχειν.
Σωκράτης:
τοῦτο μὲν τοίνυν ἓν εἶδος τιθώμεθα λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς ἐν τούτοις τοῖς πάθεσιν ἑκατέροις;
Πρώταρχος:
κείσθω.
Σωκράτης:
τίθει τοίνυν αὐτῆς τῆς ψυχῆς κατὰ τὸ τούτων τῶν
32b
which, as I said before, arises out of the natural union of the infinite and the finite, that union is destroyed, the destruction is pain, and the passage and return of all things to their own nature is pleasure.
Protarchus:
Let us accept that; for it seems to me to be true in its general lines.
Socrates:
Then we may assume this as one kind of pain and pleasure arising severally under the conditions I have described?
Protarchus:
Let that be assumed.
Socrates:
Now assume within the soul itself the anticipation of these conditions,
32c
παθημάτων προσδόκημα τὸ μὲν πρὸ τῶν ἡδέων ἐλπιζόμενον ἡδὺ καὶ θαρραλέον, τὸ δὲ πρὸ τῶν λυπηρῶν φοβερὸν καὶ ἀλγεινόν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστι γὰρ οὖν τοῦθ' ἡδονῆς καὶ λύπης ἕτερον εἶδος, τὸ χωρὶς τοῦ σώματος αὐτῆς τῆς ψυχῆς διὰ προσδοκίας γιγνόμενον.
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς ὑπέλαβες. ἐν γὰρ τούτοις οἶμαι, κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν δόξαν, εἰλικρινέσιν τε ἑκατέροις γιγνομένοις, ὡς δοκεῖ, καὶ ἀμείκτοις λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς, ἐμφανὲς ἔσεσθαι
32c
the sweet and cheering hope of pleasant things to come, the fearful and woful expectation of painful things to come.
Protarchus:
Yes, indeed, this is another kind of pleasure and pain, which belongs to the soul itself, apart from the body, and arises through expectation.
Socrates:
You are right. I think that in these two kinds, both of which are, in my opinion, pure, and not formed by mixture of pain and pleasure, the truth about pleasure will be made manifest,
32d
τὸ περὶ τὴν ἡδονήν, πότερον ὅλον ἐστὶ τὸ γένος ἀσπαστόν, ἢ τοῦτο μὲν ἑτέρῳ τινὶ τῶν προειρημένων δοτέον ἡμῖν γενῶν, ἡδονῇ δὲ καὶ λύπῃ, καθάπερ θερμῷ καὶ ψυχρῷ καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τοιούτοις, τοτὲ μὲν ἀσπαστέον αὐτά, τοτὲ δὲ οὐκ ἀσπαστέον, ὡς ἀγαθὰ μὲν οὐκ ὄντα, ἐνίοτε δὲ καὶ ἔνια δεχόμενα τὴν τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔστιν ὅτε φύσιν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα λέγεις, ὅτι ταύτῃ πῃ δεῖ διαπορηθῆναι τὸ νῦν μεταδιωκόμενον.
Σωκράτης:
πρῶτον μὲν τοίνυν τόδε συνίδωμεν: [ὡσ] εἴπερ
32d
whether the entire class is to be desired or such desirability is rather to be attributed to some other class among those we have mentioned, whereas pleasure and pain, like heat, cold, and other such things, are sometimes desirable and sometimes undesirable, because they are not good themselves, though some of them sometimes admit on occasion the nature of the good.
Protarchus:
You are quite right in saying that we must track our quarry on this trail.
Socrates:
First, then, let us agree on this point: If it is true,
32e
ὄντως ἔστι τὸ λεγόμενον, διαφθειρομένων μὲν αὐτῶν ἀλγηδών, ἀνασῳζομένων δὲ ἡδονή, τῶν μήτε διαφθειρομένων μήτε ἀνασῳζομένων ἐννοήσωμεν πέρι, τίνα ποτὲ ἕξιν δεῖ τότε ἐν ἑκάστοις εἶναι τοῖς ζῴοις, ὅταν οὕτως ἴσχῃ. σφόδρα δὲ προσέχων τὸν νοῦν εἰπέ: ἆρα οὐ πᾶσα ἀνάγκη πᾶν ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ ζῷον μήτε τι λυπεῖσθαι μήτε ἥδεσθαι μήτε μέγα μήτε σμικρόν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀνάγκη μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἔστι τις τρίτη ἡμῶν ἡ τοιαύτη διάθεσις
32e
as we said, that destruction is pain and restoration is pleasure, let us consider the case of living beings in which neither destruction nor restoration is going on, and what their state is under such conditions. Fix your mind on my question: Must not every living being under those conditions necessarily be devoid of any feeling of pain or pleasure, great or small?
Protarchus:
Yes, necessarily.
Socrates:
Have we, then, a third condition,
33a
παρά τε τὴν τοῦ χαίροντος καὶ παρὰ τὴν τοῦ λυπουμένου;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
ἄγε δὴ τοίνυν, ταύτης προθυμοῦ μεμνῆσθαι. πρὸς γὰρ τὴν τῆς ἡδονῆς κρίσιν οὐ σμικρὸν μεμνῆσθαι ταύτην ἔσθ' ἡμῖν ἢ μή. βραχὺ δέ τι περὶ αὐτῆς, εἰ βούλει, διαπεράνωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε ποῖον.
Σωκράτης:
[τῷ] τὸν τοῦ φρονεῖν [ἑλομένῳ] βίον οἶσθ' ὡς τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον οὐδὲν ἀποκωλύει ζῆν.
33a
besides those of feeling pleasure and pain?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Well then, do your best to bear it in mind; for remembering or forgetting it will make a great difference in our judgement of pleasure. And I should like, if you do not object, to speak briefly about it.
Protarchus:
Pray do so.
Socrates:
You know that there is nothing to hinder a man from living the life of wisdom in this manner.
33b
Πρώταρχος:
τὸν τοῦ μὴ χαίρειν μηδὲ λυπεῖσθαι λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
ἐρρήθη γάρ που τότε ἐν τῇ παραβολῇ τῶν βίων μηδὲν δεῖν μήτε μέγα μήτε σμικρὸν χαίρειν τῷ τὸν τοῦ νοεῖν καὶ φρονεῖν βίον ἑλομένῳ.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα οὕτως ἐρρήθη.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν οὕτως ἂν ἐκείνῳ γε ὑπάρχοι: καὶ ἴσως οὐδὲν ἄτοπον εἰ πάντων τῶν βίων ἐστὶ θειότατος.
Πρώταρχος:
οὔκουν εἰκός γε οὔτε χαίρειν θεοὺς οὔτε τὸ ἐναντίον.
Σωκράτης:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν οὐκ εἰκός: ἄσχημον γοῦν αὐτῶν ἑκάτερον γιγνόμενόν ἐστιν. ἀλλὰ δὴ τοῦτο μὲν ἔτι καὶ εἰς
33b
Protarchus:
You mean without feeling pleasure or pain?
Socrates:
Yes, for it was said, you know, in our comparison of the lives that he who chose the life of mind and wisdom was to have no feeling of pleasure, great or small.
Protarchus:
Yes, surely, that was said.
Socrates:
Such a man, then, would have such a life; and perhaps it is not unreasonable, if that is the most divine of lives.
Protarchus:
Certainly it is not likely that gods feel either joy or its opposite.
Socrates:
No, it is very unlikely; for either is unseemly for them. But let us reserve the discussion of that point
33c
αὖθις ἐπισκεψόμεθα, ἐὰν πρὸς λόγον τι ᾖ, καὶ τῷ νῷ πρὸς τὰ δευτερεῖα, ἐὰν μὴ πρὸς τὰ πρωτεῖα δυνώμεθα προσθεῖναι, προσθήσομεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν τό γε ἕτερον εἶδος τῶν ἡδονῶν, ὃ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς ἔφαμεν εἶναι, διὰ μνήμης πᾶν ἐστι γεγονός.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
μνήμην, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὅτι ποτ' ἔστιν πρότερον ἀναληπτέον, καὶ κινδυνεύει πάλιν ἔτι πρότερον αἴσθησιν μνήμης, εἰ μέλλει τὰ περὶ ταῦθ' ἡμῖν κατὰ τρόπον φανερά πῃ γενήσεσθαι.
33c
for another time, if it is appropriate, and we will give mind credit for it in contending for the second place, if we cannot count it for the first.
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
Now the other class of pleasure, which we said was an affair of the soul alone, originates entirely in memory.
Protarchus:
How is that?
Socrates:
We must, apparently, first take up memory, and perception even before memory, if these matters are to be made clear to us properly.
33d
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς φῄς;
Σωκράτης:
θὲς τῶν περὶ τὸ σῶμα ἡμῶν ἑκάστοτε παθημάτων τὰ μὲν ἐν τῷ σώματι κατασβεννύμενα πρὶν ἐπὶ τὴν ψυχὴν διεξελθεῖν ἀπαθῆ ἐκείνην ἐάσαντα, τὰ δὲ δι' ἀμφοῖν ἰόντα καί τινα ὥσπερ σεισμὸν ἐντιθέντα ἴδιόν τε καὶ κοινὸν ἑκατέρῳ.
Πρώταρχος:
κείσθω.
Σωκράτης:
τὰ μὲν δὴ μὴ δι' ἀμφοῖν ἰόντα ἐὰν τὴν ψυχὴν ἡμῶν φῶμεν λανθάνειν, τὰ δὲ δι' ἀμφοῖν μὴ λανθάνειν, ἆρ' ὀρθότατα ἐροῦμεν;
33d
Protarchus:
What do you mean?
Socrates:
Assume that some of the affections of our body are extinguished in the body before they reach the soul, leaving the soul unaffected, and that other affections permeate both body and soul and cause a vibration in both conjointly and in each individually.
Protarchus:
Let us assume that.
Socrates:
Shall we be right in saying that the soul forgets those which do not permeate both, and does not forget those which do?
33e
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
τὸ τοίνυν λεληθέναι μηδαμῶς ὑπολάβῃς ὡς λέγω λήθης ἐνταῦθά που γένεσιν: ἔστι γὰρ λήθη μνήμης ἔξοδος, ἡ δ' ἐν τῷ λεγομένῳ νῦν οὔπω γέγονε. τοῦ δὴ μήτε ὄντος μήτε γεγονότος πω γίγνεσθαι φάναι τινὰ ἀποβολὴν ἄτοπον. ἦ γάρ;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
τὰ τοίνυν ὀνόματα μετάβαλε μόνον.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ἀντὶ μὲν τοῦ λεληθέναι τὴν ψυχήν, ὅταν ἀπαθὴς αὕτη γίγνηται τῶν σεισμῶν τῶν τοῦ σώματος, ἣν νῦν λήθην
33e
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
Do not in the least imagine that when I speak of forgetting I mean that forgetfulness arises in this case; for forgetfulness is the departure of memory, and in the case under consideration memory has not yet come into being; now it is absurd to speak of the loss of that which does not exist and has not yet come into being, is it not?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Then just change the terms.
Protarchus:
How?
Socrates:
Instead of saying that the soul forgets, when it is unaffected by the vibrations of the body,
34a
καλεῖς ἀναισθησίαν ἐπονόμασον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔμαθον.
Σωκράτης:
τὸ δ' ἐν ἑνὶ πάθει τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ τὸ σῶμα κοινῇ γιγνόμενον κοινῇ καὶ κινεῖσθαι, ταύτην δ' αὖ τὴν κίνησιν ὀνομάζων αἴσθησιν οὐκ ἀπὸ τρόπου φθέγγοι' ἄν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἤδη μανθάνομεν ὃ βουλόμεθα καλεῖν τὴν αἴσθησιν;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
σωτηρίαν τοίνυν αἰσθήσεως τὴν μνήμην λέγων ὀρθῶς ἄν τις λέγοι κατά γε τὴν ἐμὴν δόξαν.
34a
apply the term want of perception to that which you are now calling forgetfulness.
Protarchus:
I understand.
Socrates:
And the union of soul and body in one common affection and one common motion you may properly call perception.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
Then do we now understand what we mean by perception?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
I think, then, that memory may rightly be defined as the preservation of perception.
34b
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
μνήμης δὲ ἀνάμνησιν ἆρ' οὐ διαφέρουσαν λέγομεν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἴσως.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν οὐ τόδε;
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὅταν ἃ μετὰ τοῦ σώματος ἔπασχέν ποθ' ἡ ψυχή, ταῦτ' ἄνευ τοῦ σώματος αὐτὴ ἐν ἑαυτῇ ὅτι μάλιστα ἀναλαμβάνῃ, τότε ἀναμιμνῄσκεσθαί που λέγομεν. ἦ γάρ;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν καὶ ὅταν ἀπολέσασα μνήμην εἴτ' αἰσθήσεως εἴτ' αὖ μαθήματος αὖθις ταύτην ἀναπολήσῃ πάλιν
34b
Protarchus:
Quite rightly.
Socrates:
But do we not say that memory differs from recollection?
Protarchus:
Perhaps.
Socrates:
And is this the difference?
Protarchus:
What?
Socrates:
When the soul alone by itself, apart from the body, recalls completely any experience it has had in company with the body, we say that it recollects do we not?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And again when the soul has lost the memory of a perception or of something it has learned and then alone by itself regains this,
34c
αὐτὴ ἐν ἑαυτῇ, καὶ ταῦτα σύμπαντα ἀναμνήσεις [καὶ μνήμασ] που λέγομεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
οὗ δὴ χάριν ἅπαντ' εἴρηται ταῦτ', ἔστι τόδε.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ἵνα πῃ τὴν ψυχῆς ἡδονὴν χωρὶς σώματος ὅτι μάλιστα καὶ ἐναργέστατα λάβοιμεν, καὶ ἅμα ἐπιθυμίαν: διὰ γὰρ τούτων πως ταῦτα ἀμφότερα ἔοικεν δηλοῦσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγωμεν τοίνυν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἤδη τὸ μετὰ ταῦτα.
Σωκράτης:
πολλά γε περὶ γένεσιν ἡδονῆς καὶ πᾶσαν [τὴν]
34c
we call everything of that kind recollection.
Protarchus:
You are right.
Socrates:
Now my reason for saying all this is—
Protarchus:
What?
Socrates:
That henceforth we may comprehend as completely and clearly as possible the pleasure of the soul, and likewise its desire, apart from the body; for both of these appear to be made plain by what has been said about memory and recollection.
Protarchus:
Let us, then, Socrates, discuss the next point.
Socrates:
We must, it seems, consider many things in relation to the origin and general aspect of pleasure;
34d
μορφὴν αὐτῆς ἀναγκαῖον, ὡς ἔοικε, λέγοντας σκοπεῖν. καὶ γὰρ νῦν πρότερον ἔτι φαίνεται ληπτέον ἐπιθυμίαν εἶναι τί ποτ' ἔστι καὶ ποῦ γίγνεται.
Πρώταρχος:
σκοπῶμεν τοίνυν: οὐδὲν γὰρ ἀπολοῦμεν.
Σωκράτης:
ἀπολοῦμεν μὲν οὖν [καὶ] ταῦτά γε, ὦ Πρώταρχε: εὑρόντες ὃ νῦν ζητοῦμεν, ἀπολοῦμεν τὴν περὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα ἀπορίαν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς ἠμύνω: τὸ δ' ἐφεξῆς τούτοις πειρώμεθα λέγειν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν νυνδὴ πείνην τε καὶ δίψος καὶ πολλὰ ἕτερα
34d
but now I think our first task is to take up the nature and origin of desire.
Protarchus:
Then let us examine that; for we shall not lose anything.
Socrates:
Oh yes, Protarchus, we shall lose a great deal! When we find what we are seeking we shall lose our perplexity about these very questions.
Protarchus:
That is a fair counter; but let us try to take up the next point.
Socrates:
Did we not say just now that hunger, thirst,
34e
τοιαῦτα ἔφαμεν εἶναί τινας ἐπιθυμίας;
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα γε.
Σωκράτης:
πρὸς τί ποτε ἄρα ταὐτὸν βλέψαντες οὕτω πολὺ διαφέροντα ταῦθ' ἑνὶ προσαγορεύομεν ὀνόματι;
Πρώταρχος:
μὰ Δί' οὐ ῥᾴδιον ἴσως εἰπεῖν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀλλ' ὅμως λεκτέον.
Σωκράτης:
ἐκεῖθεν δὴ ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν πάλιν ἀναλάβωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
πόθεν δή;
Σωκράτης:
διψῇ γέ που λέγομεν ἑκάστοτέ τι;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
τοῦτο δέ γ' ἐστὶ κενοῦται;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν τὸ δίψος ἐστὶν ἐπιθυμία;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί, πώματός γε.
34e
and the like were desires?
Protarchus:
They are, decidedly.
Socrates:
What sort of identity have we in view when we call these, which are so different, by one name?
Protarchus:
By Zeus, Socrates, that question may not be easy to answer, yet it must be answered.
Socrates:
Let us, then, begin again at that point with the same examples.
Protarchus:
At what point?
Socrates:
We say of a thing on any particular occasion, “it's thirsty,” do we not?
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
And that means being empty?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And is thirst, then, a desire?
Protarchus:
Yes, of drink.
35a
Σωκράτης:
πώματος, ἢ πληρώσεως πώματος;
Πρώταρχος:
οἶμαι μὲν πληρώσεως.
Σωκράτης:
ὁ κενούμενος ἡμῶν ἄρα, ὡς ἔοικεν, ἐπιθυμεῖ τῶν ἐναντίων ἢ πάσχει: κενούμενος γὰρ ἐρᾷ πληροῦσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
σαφέστατά γε.
Σωκράτης:
τί οὖν; ὁ τὸ πρῶτον κενούμενος ἔστιν ὁπόθεν εἴτ' αἰσθήσει πληρώσεως ἐφάπτοιτ' ἂν εἴτε μνήμῃ, τούτου ὃ μήτ' ἐν τῷ νῦν χρόνῳ πάσχει μήτ' ἐν τῷ πρόσθεν πώποτε ἔπαθεν;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πῶς;
35a
Socrates:
Of drink, or of being filled with drink?
Protarchus:
Of being filled, I suppose.
Socrates:
The man, then, who is empty desires, as it appears, the opposite of what he feels for, being empty, he longs to be filled.
Protarchus:
That is very plain.
Socrates:
Well then, is there any source from which a man who is empty at first can gain a comprehension, whether by perception or by memory, of fulness, a thing which he does not feel at the time and has never felt before?
Protarchus:
It cannot be done.
35b
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλὰ μὴν ὅ γε ἐπιθυμῶν τινὸς ἐπιθυμεῖ, φαμέν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκ ἄρα ὅ γε πάσχει, τούτου ἐπιθυμεῖ. διψῇ γάρ, τοῦτο δὲ κένωσις: ὁ δ' ἐπιθυμεῖ πληρώσεως.
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
πληρώσεώς γ' ἄρα πῄ τι τῶν τοῦ διψῶντος ἂν ἐφάπτοιτο.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀναγκαῖον.
Σωκράτης:
τὸ μὲν δὴ σῶμα ἀδύνατον: κενοῦται γάρ που.
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
τὴν ψυχὴν ἄρα τῆς πληρώσεως ἐφάπτεσθαι λοιπόν,
35b
Socrates:
And yet he who desires, desires something, we say.
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
And he does not desire that which he feels; for he is thirsty, and that is emptiness, but he desires fulness.
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
Then somehow some part of him who is thirsty can apprehend fulness.
Protarchus:
Yes, obviously.
Socrates:
But it cannot be the body, for that is empty.
Protarchus:
True.
Socrates:
The only remaining possibility is that the soul apprehends it,
35c
τῇ μνήμῃ δῆλον ὅτι: τῷ γὰρ ἂν ἔτ' ἄλλῳ ἐφάψαιτο;
Πρώταρχος:
σχεδὸν οὐδενί.
Σωκράτης:
μανθάνομεν οὖν ὃ συμβέβηχ' ἡμῖν ἐκ τούτων τῶν λόγων;
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
σώματος ἐπιθυμίαν οὔ φησιν ἡμῖν οὗτος ὁ λόγος γίγνεσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ὅτι τοῖς ἐκείνου παθήμασιν ἐναντίαν ἀεὶ παντὸς ζῴου μηνύει τὴν ἐπιχείρησιν.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα.
Σωκράτης:
ἡ δ' ὁρμή γε ἐπὶ τοὐναντίον ἄγουσα ἢ τὰ παθήματα δηλοῖ που μνήμην οὖσαν τῶν τοῖς παθήμασιν ἐναντίων.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε.
35c
which it must do by means of memory; for what other means could it employ?
Protarchus:
No other, I should say.
Socrates:
And do we understand the consequences of this argument?
Protarchus:
What are the consequences?
Socrates:
This argument declares that we have no bodily desire.
Protarchus:
How so?
Socrates:
Because it shows that the endeavor of every living being is always towards the opposite of the actual conditions of the body.
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
And the impulse which leads towards the opposite of those conditions shows that there is a memory of the opposite of the conditions.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
35d
Σωκράτης:
τὴν ἄρα ἐπάγουσαν ἐπὶ τὰ ἐπιθυμούμενα ἀποδείξας μνήμην ὁ λόγος ψυχῆς σύμπασαν τήν τε ὁρμὴν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ τὴν ἀρχὴν τοῦ ζῴου παντὸς ἀπέφηνεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα.
Σωκράτης:
διψῆν ἄρα ἡμῶν τὸ σῶμα ἢ πεινῆν ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων πάσχειν οὐδαμῇ ὁ λόγος αἱρεῖ.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
Σωκράτης:
ἔτι δὴ καὶ τόδε περὶ ταὐτὰ ταῦτα κατανοήσωμεν. βίου γὰρ εἶδός τί μοι φαίνεται βούλεσθαι δηλοῦν ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν ἐν τούτοις αὐτοῖς.
35d
Socrates:
And the argument, by showing that memory is that which leads us towards the objects of desire, has proved that all the impulse, the desire, and the ruling principle in every living being are of the soul.
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
So the argument denies utterly that the body hungers or thirsts or has any such affection.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
Let us consider a further point in connection with those very affections. For I think the purpose of the argument is to point out to us a state of life existing in them.
35e
Πρώταρχος:
ἐν τίσι καὶ ποίου πέρι βίου φράζεις;
Σωκράτης:
ἐν τῷ πληροῦσθαι καὶ κενοῦσθαι καὶ πᾶσιν ὅσα περὶ σωτηρίαν τέ ἐστι τῶν ζῴων καὶ τὴν φθοράν, καὶ εἴ τις τούτων ἐν ἑκατέρῳ γιγνόμενος ἡμῶν ἀλγεῖ, τοτὲ δὲ χαίρει κατὰ τὰς μεταβολάς.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστι ταῦτα.
Σωκράτης:
τί δ' ὅταν ἐν μέσῳ τούτων γίγνηται;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς ἐν μέσῳ;
Σωκράτης:
διὰ μὲν τὸ πάθος ἀλγῇ, μεμνῆται δὲ τῶν ἡδέων <ὧν> γενομένων παύοιτ' ἂν τῆς ἀλγηδόνος, πληρῶται δὲ μήπω: τί
35e
Protarchus:
Of what sort of life are you speaking, and in what affections does it exist?
Socrates:
In the affections of fulness and emptiness and all which pertain to the preservation and destruction of living beings, and I am thinking that if we fall into one of these we feel pain, which is followed by joy when we change to the other.
Protarchus:
That is true.
Socrates:
And what if a man is between the two?
Protarchus:
How between them?
Socrates:
Because of his condition, he is suffering, but he remembers the pleasures the coming of which would bring him an end of his pain; as yet, however, he does not possess them. Well then, shall we say that he is
36a
τότε; φῶμεν ἢ μὴ φῶμεν αὐτὸν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν παθημάτων εἶναι;
Πρώταρχος:
φῶμεν μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
πότερον ἀλγοῦνθ' ὅλως ἢ χαίροντα;
Πρώταρχος:
μὰ Δί', ἀλλὰ διπλῇ τινὶ λύπῃ λυπούμενον, κατὰ μὲν τὸ σῶμα ἐν τῷ παθήματι, κατὰ δὲ τὴν ψυχὴν προσδοκίας τινὶ πόθῳ.
Σωκράτης:
πῶς, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τὸ διπλοῦν τῆς λύπης εἶπες; ἆρ' οὐκ ἔστι μὲν ὅτε τις ἡμῶν κενούμενος ἐν ἐλπίδι φανερᾷ τοῦ
36a
between the affections, or not?
Protarchus:
Let us say so.
Socrates:
Shall we say that he is wholly pained or wholly pleased?
Protarchus:
No, by Zeus, but he is afflicted with a twofold pain; he suffers in body from his sensation, and in soul from expectation and longing.
Socrates:
How could you, Protarchus, speak of twofold pain? Is not an empty man sometimes possessed
36b
πληρωθήσεσθαι καθέστηκε, τοτὲ δὲ τοὐναντίον ἀνελπίστως ἔχει;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα γε.
Σωκράτης:
μῶν οὖν οὐχὶ ἐλπίζων μὲν πληρωθήσεσθαι τῷ μεμνῆσθαι δοκεῖ σοι χαίρειν, ἅμα δὲ κενούμενος ἐν τούτοις [τοῖς χρόνοισ] ἀλγεῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀνάγκη.
Σωκράτης:
τότε ἄρ' ἄνθρωπος καὶ τἆλλα ζῷα λυπεῖταί τε ἅμα καὶ χαίρει.
Πρώταρχος:
κινδυνεύει.
Σωκράτης:
τί δ' ὅταν ἀνελπίστως ἔχῃ κενούμενος τεύξεσθαι πληρώσεως; ἆρ' οὐ τότε τὸ διπλοῦν γίγνοιτ' ἂν περὶ τὰς λύπας πάθος, ὃ σὺ νυνδὴ κατιδὼν ᾠήθης ἁπλῶς εἶναι
36b
of a sure hope of being filled, and sometimes, on the contrary, quite hopeless?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And do you not think that when he has a hope of being filled he takes pleasure in his memory, and yet at the same time, since he is at the moment empty, suffers pain?
Protarchus:
It cannot be otherwise.
Socrates:
At such a time, then, a man, or any other animal, has both pain and pleasure at once.
Protarchus:
Yes, I suppose so.
Socrates:
And when an empty man is without hope of being filled, what then? Is not that the time when the twofold feeling of pain would arise, which you just now observed
36c
διπλοῦν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
ταύτῃ δὴ τῇ σκέψει τούτων τῶν παθημάτων τόδε χρησώμεθα.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
πότερον ἀληθεῖς ταύτας τὰς λύπας τε καὶ ἡδονὰς ἢ ψευδεῖς εἶναι λέξομεν; ἢ τὰς μέν τινας ἀληθεῖς, τὰς δ' οὔ;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ', ὦ Σώκρατες, ἂν εἶεν ψευδεῖς ἡδοναὶ ἢ λῦπαι;
Σωκράτης:
πῶς δέ, ὦ Πρώταρχε, φόβοι ἂν ἀληθεῖς ἢ ψευδεῖς, ἢ προσδοκίαι ἀληθεῖς ἢ μή, ἢ δόξαι ἀληθεῖς ἢ ψευδεῖς;
36c
and thought the pain simply was twofold?
Protarchus:
Very true, Socrates.
Socrates:
Let us make use of our examination of those affections for a particular purpose.
Protarchus:
For what purpose?
Socrates:
Shall we say that those pleasures and pains are true or false, or that some are true and others not so?
Protarchus:
But, Socrates, how can there be false pleasures or pains?
Socrates:
But, Protarchus, how can there be true and false fears, or true and false expectations, or true and false opinions?
36d
Πρώταρχος:
δόξας μὲν ἔγωγ' ἄν που συγχωροίην, τὰ δ' ἕτερα ταῦτ' οὐκ ἄν.
Σωκράτης:
πῶς φῄς; λόγον μέντοι τινὰ κινδυνεύομεν οὐ πάνυ σμικρὸν ἐπεγείρειν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθῆ λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' εἰ πρὸς τὰ παρεληλυθότα, ὦ παῖ 'κείνου τἀνδρός, προσήκοντα, τοῦτο σκεπτέον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἴσως τοῦτό γε.
Σωκράτης:
χαίρειν τοίνυν δεῖ λέγειν τοῖς ἄλλοις μήκεσιν ἢ καὶ ὁτῳοῦν τῶν παρὰ τὸ προσῆκον λεγομένων.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς.
36d
Protarchus:
Opinions I would grant you, but not the rest.
Socrates:
What? I am afraid we are starting a very considerable discussion.
Protarchus:
You are right.
Socrates:
And yet we must consider, thou son of that man,
whether the discussion is relevant to what has gone before.
Protarchus:
Yes, no doubt.
Socrates:
We must dismiss everything else, tedious or otherwise, that is irrelevant.
Protarchus:
Right.
36e
Σωκράτης:
λέγε δή μοι: θαῦμα γάρ μέ γε ἔχει διὰ τέλους ἀεὶ περὶ τὰ αὐτὰ ἃ νυνδὴ προυθέμεθα ἀπορήματα. πῶς δὴ φῄς; ψευδεῖς, αἱ δ' ἀληθεῖς οὐκ εἰσὶν ἡδοναί;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
οὔτε δὴ ὄναρ οὔθ' ὕπαρ, ὡς φῄς, [ἐστιν] οὔτ' ἐν μανίαις οὔτ' ἐν παραφροσύναις οὐδεὶς ἔσθ' ὅστις ποτὲ δοκεῖ μὲν χαίρειν, χαίρει δὲ οὐδαμῶς, οὐδ' αὖ δοκεῖ μὲν λυπεῖσθαι, λυπεῖται δ' οὔ.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνθ' οὕτω ταῦτα, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔχειν πάντες ὑπειλήφαμεν.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν ὀρθῶς; ἢ σκεπτέον εἴτ' ὀρθῶς εἴτε μὴ ταῦτα λέγεται;
Πρώταρχος:
σκεπτέον, ὥς γ' ἐγὼ φαίην ἄν.
36e
Socrates:
Now tell me; for I am always utterly amazed by the same questions we were just proposing.
Protarchus:
What do you mean?
Socrates:
Are not some pleasures false and others true?
Protarchus:
How could that be?
Socrates:
Then, as you maintain, nobody, either sleeping or waking or insane or deranged, ever thinks he feels pleasure when he does not feel it, and never, on the other hand, thinks he suffers pain when he does not suffer it?
Protarchus:
We have, Socrates, always believed that all this is as you suggest.
Socrates:
But is the belief correct? Shall we consider whether it is so or not?
37a
Σωκράτης:
διορισώμεθα δὴ σαφέστερον ἔτι τὸ νυνδὴ λεγόμενον ἡδονῆς τε πέρι καὶ δόξης. ἔστιν γάρ πού τι δοξάζειν ἡμῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ ἥδεσθαι;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν καὶ τὸ δοξαζόμενόν ἐστί τι;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ τό γε ᾧ τὸ ἡδόμενον ἥδεται;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὸ δοξάζον, ἄντε ὀρθῶς ἄντε μὴ ὀρθῶς δοξάζῃ, τό γε δοξάζειν ὄντως οὐδέποτε ἀπόλλυσιν.
37a
Protarchus:
I should say we ought to consider that.
Socrates:
Then let us analyze still more clearly what we were just now saying about pleasure and opinion. There is a faculty of having an opinion, is there not?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
And of feeling pleasure?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
And there is an object of opinion?
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
And something by which that which feels pleasure is pleased?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And that which has opinion, whether right or wrong, never loses its function of really having opinion?
37b
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν καὶ τὸ ἡδόμενον, ἄντε ὀρθῶς ἄντε μὴ ὀρθῶς ἥδηται, τό γε ὄντως ἥδεσθαι δῆλον ὡς οὐδέποτ' ἀπολεῖ.
Πρώταρχος:
ναί, καὶ τοῦθ' οὕτως ἔχει.
Σωκράτης:
ὅτῳ ποτὲ οὖν δὴ τρόπῳ δόξα ψευδής τε καὶ ἀληθὴς ἡμῖν φιλεῖ γίγνεσθαι, τὸ δὲ τῆς ἡδονῆς μόνον ἀληθές, δοξάζειν δ' ὄντως καὶ χαίρειν ἀμφότερα ὁμοίως εἴληχεν <σκεπτέον>.
Πρώταρχος:
σκεπτέον.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' ὅτι δόξῃ μὲν ἐπιγίγνεσθον ψεῦδός τε καὶ
37b
Protarchus:
Of course not.
Socrates:
And that which feels pleasure, whether rightly or wrongly, will clearly never lose its function of really feeling pleasure?
Protarchus:
Yes, that is true, too.
Socrates:
Then we must consider how it is that opinion is both true and false and pleasure only true, though the holding of opinion and the feeling of pleasure are equally real.
Protarchus:
Yes, so we must.
Socrates:
You mean that we must consider this question because falsehood and truth are added as attributes to opinion,
37c
ἀληθές, καὶ ἐγένετο οὐ μόνον δόξα διὰ ταῦτα ἀλλὰ καὶ ποιά τις ἑκατέρα, σκεπτέον φῂς τοῦτ' εἶναι;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
πρὸς δέ γε τούτοις, εἰ καὶ τὸ παράπαν ἡμῖν τὰ μέν ἐστι ποί' ἄττα, ἡδονὴ δὲ καὶ λύπη μόνον ἅπερ ἐστί, ποιώ τινε δὲ οὐ γίγνεσθον, καὶ ταῦθ' ἡμῖν διομολογητέον.
Πρώταρχος:
δῆλον.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' οὐδὲν τοῦτό γε χαλεπὸν ἰδεῖν, ὅτι καὶ ποιώ τινε: πάλαι γὰρ εἴπομεν ὅτι μεγάλαι τε καὶ σμικραὶ καὶ σφόδρα ἑκάτεραι γίγνονται, λῦπαί τε καὶ ἡδοναί.
37c
and thereby it becomes not merely opinion, but opinion of a certain quality in each instance?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
And furthermore, we must reach an agreement on the question whether, even if some things have qualities, pleasure and pain are not merely what they are, without qualities or attributes.
Protarchus:
Evidently we must.
Socrates:
But it is easy enough to see that they have qualities. For we said a long time ago that both pains and pleasures
37d
Πρώταρχος:
παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἂν δέ γε πονηρία τούτων, ὦ Πρώταρχε, προσγίγνηταί τινι, πονηρὰν μὲν φήσομεν οὕτω γίγνεσθαι δόξαν, πονηρὰν δὲ καὶ ἡδονήν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλὰ τί μήν, ὦ Σώκρατες;
Σωκράτης:
τί δ', ἂν ὀρθότης ἢ τοὐναντίον ὀρθότητι τινὶ τούτων προσγίγνηται; μῶν οὐκ ὀρθὴν μὲν δόξαν ἐροῦμεν, ἂν ὀρθότητα ἴσχῃ, ταὐτὸν δὲ ἡδονήν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀναγκαῖον.
37d
are great and small and intense.
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
And if badness becomes an attribute of any of these, Protarchus, shall we say that the opinion or the pleasure thereby becomes bad?
Protarchus:
Why certainly, Socrates.
Socrates:
And what if rightness or its opposite becomes an attribute of one of them? Shall we not say that the opinion is right, if it has rightness, and the pleasure likewise?
Protarchus:
Obviously.
37e
Σωκράτης:
ἂν δέ γε ἁμαρτανόμενον τὸ δοξαζόμενον ᾖ, τὴν δόξαν τότε ἁμαρτάνουσάν γε οὐκ ὀρθὴν ὁμολογητέον οὐδ' ὀρθῶς δοξάζουσαν;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
τί δ', ἂν αὖ λύπην ἤ τινα ἡδονὴν περὶ τὸ ἐφ' ᾧ λυπεῖται ἢ τοὐναντίον ἁμαρτάνουσαν ἐφορῶμεν, ὀρθὴν ἢ χρηστὴν ἤ τι τῶν καλῶν ὀνομάτων αὐτῇ προσθήσομεν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' οὐχ οἷόν τε, εἴπερ ἁμαρτήσεταί γε ἡδονή.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν ἔοικέν γε ἡδονὴ πολλάκις οὐ μετὰ δόξης ὀρθῆς ἀλλὰ μετὰ ψεύδους ἡμῖν γίγνεσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ; καὶ τὴν μὲν δόξαν γε, ὦ Σώκρατες,
37e
Socrates:
And if that which is opined is mistaken, must we not agree that the opinion, since it is at the moment making a mistake, is not right or rightly opining?
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
And what if we see a pain or a pleasure making a mistake in respect of that by which the pain or pleasure is caused? Shall we give it the attribute of right or good or any of the words which denote excellence?
Protarchus:
That is impossible if the pleasure is mistaken.
Socrates:
And certainly pleasure often seems to come to us in connection with false, not true, opinion.
Protarchus:
Of course it does; and in such a case, Socrates,
38a
ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ καὶ τότε λέγομεν ψευδῆ, τὴν δ' ἡδονὴν αὐτὴν οὐδεὶς ἄν ποτε προσείποι ψευδῆ.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλὰ προθύμως ἀμύνεις τῷ τῆς ἡδονῆς, ὦ Πρώταρχε, λόγῳ τὰ νῦν.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐδέν γε, ἀλλ' ἅπερ ἀκούω λέγω.
Σωκράτης:
διαφέρει δ' ἡμῖν οὐδέν, ὦ ἑταῖρε, ἡ μετὰ δόξης τε ὀρθῆς καὶ μετ' ἐπιστήμης ἡδονὴ τῆς μετὰ τοῦ ψεύδους καὶ ἀγνοίας πολλάκις ἑκάστοις ἡμῶν ἐγγιγνομένης;
38a
we call the opinion false; but nobody would ever call the actual pleasure false.
Socrates:
You are an eager advocate of the case of pleasure just now, Protarchus.
Protarchus:
Oh no, I merely say what I hear.
Socrates:
Is there no difference, my friend, between the pleasure which is connected with right opinion and knowledge and that which often comes to each of us with falsehood and ignorance?
38b
Πρώταρχος:
εἰκὸς γοῦν μὴ σμικρὸν διαφέρειν.
Σωκράτης:
τῆς δὴ διαφορᾶς αὐτοῖν ἐπὶ θεωρίαν ἔλθωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἄγ' ὅπῃ σοι φαίνεται.
Σωκράτης:
τῇδε δὴ ἄγω.
Πρώταρχος:
πῇ;
Σωκράτης:
δόξα, φαμέν, ἡμῖν ἔστι μὲν ψευδής, ἔστι δὲ καὶ ἀληθής;
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστιν.
Σωκράτης:
ἕπεται μὴν ταύταις, ὃ νυνδὴ ἐλέγομεν, ἡδονὴ καὶ λύπη πολλάκις, ἀληθεῖ καὶ ψευδεῖ δόξῃ λέγω.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἐκ μνήμης τε καὶ αἰσθήσεως δόξα ἡμῖν καὶ τὸ διαδοξάζειν ἐγχειρεῖν γίγνεθ' ἑκάστοτε;
38b
Protarchus:
There is likely to be a great difference.
Socrates:
Then let us proceed to the contemplation of the difference between them.
Protarchus:
Lead on as you think best.
Socrates:
Then this is the way I lead.
Protarchus:
What way?
Socrates:
Do we agree that there is such a thing as false opinion and also as true opinion?
Protarchus:
There is.
Socrates:
And, as we were saying just now, pleasure and pain often follow them—I mean true and false opinion.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And do not opinion and the power of forming an opinion always come to us
38c
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν ἡμᾶς ὧδε περὶ ταῦτα ἀναγκαῖον ἡγούμεθ' ἴσχειν;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
πολλάκις ἰδόντι τινὶ πόρρωθεν μὴ πάνυ σαφῶς τὰ καθορώμενα συμβαίνειν βούλεσθαι κρίνειν φαίης ἂν ταῦθ' ἅπερ ὁρᾷ;
Πρώταρχος:
φαίην ἄν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο αὐτὸς αὑτὸν οὗτος ἀνέροιτ' ἂν ὧδε;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
τί ποτ' ἄρ' ἔστι τὸ παρὰ τὴν πέτραν τοῦθ' ἑστάναι
38c
from memory and perception?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Do we, then, believe that our relation to these faculties is somewhat as follows?
Protarchus:
How?
Socrates:
Would you say that often when a man sees things at a distance and not very clearly, he wishes to distinguish between the things which he sees?
Protarchus:
Yes, I should say so.
Socrates:
Next, then, would he not ask himself—
Protarchus:
What?
Socrates:
“What is that which is visible standing
38d
φανταζόμενον ὑπό τινι δένδρῳ; ταῦτ' εἰπεῖν ἄν τις πρὸς ἑαυτὸν δοκεῖ σοι, τοιαῦτ' ἄττα κατιδὼν φαντασθέντα αὑτῷ ποτε;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν μετὰ ταῦτα ὁ τοιοῦτος ὡς ἀποκρινόμενος ἂν πρὸς αὑτὸν εἴποι τοῦτο, ὡς ἔστιν ἄνθρωπος, ἐπιτυχῶς εἰπών;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ παρενεχθείς γ' αὖ τάχ' ἂν ὡς ἔστι τινῶν ποιμένων ἔργον τὸ καθορώμενον ἄγαλμα προσείποι.
Πρώταρχος:
μάλα γε.
38d
beside the rock under a tree?” Do you not think a man might ask himself such a question if he saw such objects presented to his view?
Protarchus:
To be sure.
Socrates:
And after that our gazer might reply to himself correctly “It is a man”?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Or, again, perhaps he might be misled into the belief that it was a work of some shepherds, and then he would call the thing which he saw an image.
Protarchus:
Yes, indeed.
38e
Σωκράτης:
κἂν μέν τίς γ' αὐτῷ παρῇ, τά τε πρὸς αὑτὸν ῥηθέντα ἐντείνας εἰς φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν παρόντα αὐτὰ ταῦτ' ἂν πάλιν φθέγξαιτο, καὶ λόγος δὴ γέγονεν οὕτως ὃ τότε δόξαν ἐκαλοῦμεν;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
ἂν δ' ἄρα μόνος ᾖ τοῦτο ταὐτὸν πρὸς αὑτὸν διανοούμενος, ἐνίοτε καὶ πλείω χρόνον ἔχων ἐν αὑτῷ πορεύεται.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
τί οὖν; ἆρα σοὶ φαίνεται τὸ περὶ τούτων ὅπερ ἐμοί;
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
δοκεῖ μοι τότε ἡμῶν ἡ ψυχὴ βιβλίῳ τινὶ προσεοικέναι.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
38e
Socrates:
And if some one is with him, he might repeat aloud to his companion what he had said to himself, and thus that which we called an opinion now becomes a statement?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
But if he is alone when he has this thought, he sometimes carries it about in his mind for a long time.
Protarchus:
Undoubtedly.
Socrates:
Well, is your view about what takes place in such cases the same as mine?
Protarchus:
What is yours?
Socrates:
I think the soul at such a time is like a book.
Protarchus:
How is that?
39a
Σωκράτης:
ἡ μνήμη ταῖς αἰσθήσεσι συμπίπτουσα εἰς ταὐτὸν κἀκεῖνα ἃ περὶ ταῦτ' ἐστὶ τὰ παθήματα φαίνονταί μοι σχεδὸν οἷον γράφειν ἡμῶν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς τότε λόγους: καὶ ὅταν μὲν ἀληθῆ γράφῃ [τοῦτο τὸ πάθημα], δόξα τε ἀληθὴς καὶ λόγοι ἀπ' αὐτοῦ συμβαίνουσιν ἀληθεῖς ἐν ἡμῖν γιγνόμενοι: ψευδῆ δ' ὅταν ὁ τοιοῦτος παρ' ἡμῖν γραμματεὺς γράψῃ, τἀναντία τοῖς ἀληθέσιν ἀπέβη.
39a
Socrates:
Memory unites with the senses, and they and the feelings which are connected with them seem to me almost to write words in our souls; and when the feeling in question writes the truth, true opinions and true statements are produced in us; but when the writer within us writes falsehoods, the resulting opinions and statements are the opposite of true.
39b
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν δοκεῖ μοι, καὶ ἀποδέχομαι τὰ ῥηθέντα οὕτως.
Σωκράτης:
ἀποδέχου δὴ καὶ ἕτερον δημιουργὸν ἡμῶν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς ἐν τῷ τότε χρόνῳ γιγνόμενον.
Πρώταρχος:
τίνα;
Σωκράτης:
ζωγράφον, ὃς μετὰ τὸν γραμματιστὴν τῶν λεγομένων εἰκόνας ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τούτων γράφει.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δὴ τοῦτον αὖ καὶ πότε λέγομεν;
Σωκράτης:
ὅταν ἀπ' ὄψεως ἤ τινος ἄλλης αἰσθήσεως τὰ τότε δοξαζόμενα καὶ λεγόμενα ἀπαγαγών τις τὰς τῶν δοξασθέντων
39b
Protarchus:
That is my view completely, and I accept it as stated.
Socrates:
Then accept also the presence of another workman in our souls at such a time.
Protarchus:
What workman?
Socrates:
A painter, who paints in our souls pictures to illustrate the words which the writer has written.
Protarchus:
But how do we say he does this, and when?
Socrates:
When a man receives from sight or some other sense the opinions and utterances of the moment and afterwards beholds in his own mind the images of those opinions and utterances.
39c
καὶ λεχθέντων εἰκόνας ἐν αὑτῷ ὁρᾷ πως. ἢ τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι γιγνόμενον παρ' ἡμῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν αἱ μὲν τῶν ἀληθῶν δοξῶν καὶ λόγων εἰκόνες ἀληθεῖς, αἱ δὲ τῶν ψευδῶν ψευδεῖς;
Πρώταρχος:
παντάπασιν.
Σωκράτης:
εἰ δὴ ταῦτ' ὀρθῶς εἰρήκαμεν, ἔτι καὶ τόδε ἐπὶ τούτοις σκεψώμεθα.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
εἰ περὶ μὲν τῶν ὄντων καὶ τῶν γεγονότων ταῦτα ἡμῖν οὕτω πάσχειν ἀναγκαῖον, περὶ δὲ τῶν μελλόντων οὔ;
Πρώταρχος:
περὶ ἁπάντων μὲν οὖν τῶν χρόνων ὡσαύτως.
39c
That happens to us often enough, does it not?
Protarchus:
It certainly does.
Socrates:
And the images of the true opinions are true, and those of the false are false?
Protarchus:
Assuredly.
Socrates:
Then if we are right about that, let us consider a further question.
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
Whether this is an inevitable experience in relation to the present and the past, but not in relation to the future.
Protarchus:
It is in the same relation to all kinds of time.
39d
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν αἵ γε διὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς ἡδοναὶ καὶ λῦπαι ἐλέχθησαν ἐν τοῖς πρόσθεν ὡς πρὸ τῶν διὰ τοῦ σώματος ἡδονῶν καὶ λυπῶν προγίγνοιντ' ἄν, ὥσθ' ἡμῖν συμβαίνει τὸ προχαίρειν τε καὶ προλυπεῖσθαι περὶ τὸν μέλλοντα χρόνον εἶναι γιγνόμενον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
Σωκράτης:
πότερον οὖν τὰ γράμματά τε καὶ ζωγραφήματα, ἃ σμικρῷ πρότερον ἐτίθεμεν ἐν ἡμῖν γίγνεσθαι, περὶ μὲν τὸν
39d
Socrates:
Was it not said a while ago that the pleasures and pains which belong to the soul alone might come before the pleasures and pains of the body, so that we have the pleasure and pain of anticipation, which relate to the future?
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
Do the writings and pictures, then, which we imagined a little while ago to exist within us, relate to the past and present,
39e
γεγονότα καὶ τὸν παρόντα χρόνον ἐστίν, περὶ δὲ τὸν μέλλοντα οὐκ ἔστιν;
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα γε.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρα σφόδρα λέγεις, ὅτι πάντ' ἐστὶ ταῦτα ἐλπίδες εἰς τὸν ἔπειτα χρόνον οὖσαι, ἡμεῖς δ' αὖ διὰ παντὸς τοῦ βίου ἀεὶ γέμομεν ἐλπίδων;
Πρώταρχος:
παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἄγε δή, πρὸς τοῖς νῦν εἰρημένοις καὶ τόδε ἀπόκριναι.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
δίκαιος ἀνὴρ καὶ εὐσεβὴς καὶ ἀγαθὸς πάντως ἆρ' οὐ θεοφιλής ἐστιν;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
τί δέ; ἄδικός τε καὶ παντάπασι κακὸς ἆρ' οὐ
39e
but not to the future?
Protarchus:
To the future especially.
Socrates:
Do you say “to the future especially” because they are all hopes relating to the future and we are always filled with hopes all our lives?
Protarchus:
Precisely.
Socrates:
Well, here is a further question for you to answer.
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
A just, pious, and good man is surely a friend of the gods, is he not?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And an unjust and thoroughly bad man
40a
τοὐναντίον ἐκείνῳ;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
πολλῶν μὴν ἐλπίδων, ὡς ἐλέγομεν ἄρτι, πᾶς ἄνθρωπος γέμει;
Πρώταρχος:
τί δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
λόγοι μήν εἰσιν ἐν ἑκάστοις ἡμῶν, ἃς ἐλπίδας ὀνομάζομεν;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ δὴ καὶ τὰ φαντάσματα ἐζωγραφημένα: καί τις ὁρᾷ πολλάκις ἑαυτῷ χρυσὸν γιγνόμενον ἄφθονον καὶ ἐπ' αὐτῷ πολλὰς ἡδονάς: καὶ δὴ καὶ ἐνεζωγραφημένον αὐτὸν ἐφ' αὑτῷ χαίροντα σφόδρα καθορᾷ.
40a
is the reverse?
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
But, as we were just now saying, every man is full of many hopes?
Protarchus:
Yes, to be sure.
Socrates:
And there are in all of us written words which we call hopes?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
And also the images painted there; and often a man sees an abundance of gold coming into his possession, and in its train many pleasures; and he even sees a picture of himself enjoying himself immensely.
40b
Πρώταρχος:
τί δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
τούτων οὖν πότερα φῶμεν τοῖς μὲν ἀγαθοῖς ὡς τὸ πολὺ τὰ γεγραμμένα παρατίθεσθαι ἀληθῆ διὰ τὸ θεοφιλεῖς εἶναι, τοῖς δὲ κακοῖς ὡς αὖ <τὸ> πολὺ τοὐναντίον, ἢ μὴ φῶμεν;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα φατέον.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν καὶ τοῖς κακοῖς ἡδοναί γε οὐδὲν ἧττον πάρεισιν ἐζωγραφημέναι, ψευδεῖς δὲ αὗταί που.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
40b
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
Shall we or shall we not say that of these pictures those are for the most part true which are presented to the good, because they are friends of the gods, whereas those presented to the bad are for the most part false?
Protarchus:
Surely we must say that.
Socrates:
Then the bad also, no less than the good, have pleasures painted in their souls, but they are false pleasures.
Protarchus:
Yes, surely.
40c
Σωκράτης:
ψευδέσιν ἄρα ἡδοναῖς τὰ πολλὰ οἱ πονηροὶ χαίρουσιν, οἱ δ' ἀγαθοὶ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀληθέσιν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀναγκαιότατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
εἰσὶν δὴ κατὰ τοὺς νῦν λόγους ψευδεῖς ἐν ταῖς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ψυχαῖς ἡδοναί, μεμιμημέναι μέντοι τὰς ἀληθεῖς ἐπὶ τὰ γελοιότερα, καὶ λῦπαι δὲ ὡσαύτως.
Πρώταρχος:
εἰσίν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἦν δοξάζειν μὲν ὄντως ἀεὶ τῷ τὸ παράπαν δοξάζοντι, μὴ ἐπ' οὖσι δὲ μηδ' ἐπὶ γεγονόσι μηδὲ ἐπ' ἐσομένοις ἐνίοτε.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε.
40c
Socrates:
Then the bad rejoice for the most part in the false, and the good in true pleasures.
Protarchus:
That is inevitably true.
Socrates:
According to our present view, then, there are false pleasures in the souls of men, imitations or caricatures of the true pleasures; and pains likewise.
Protarchus:
There are.
Socrates:
We saw, you remember, that he who had an opinion at all always really had an opinion, but it was sometimes not based upon realities, whether present, past, or future.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
40d
Σωκράτης:
καὶ ταῦτά γε ἦν οἶμαι τὰ ἀπεργαζόμενα δόξαν ψευδῆ τότε καὶ τὸ ψευδῶς δοξάζειν. ἦ γάρ;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
τί οὖν; οὐκ ἀνταποδοτέον ταῖς λύπαις τε καὶ ἡδοναῖς τὴν τούτων ἀντίστροφον ἕξιν ἐν ἐκείνοις;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ὡς ἦν μὲν χαίρειν ὄντως ἀεὶ τῷ τὸ παράπαν ὁπωσοῦν καὶ εἰκῇ χαίροντι, μὴ μέντοι ἐπὶ τοῖς οὖσι μηδ' ἐπὶ τοῖς γεγονόσιν ἐνίοτε, πολλάκις δὲ καὶ ἴσως πλειστάκις ἐπὶ τοῖς μηδὲ μέλλουσί ποτε γενήσεσθαι.
40d
Socrates:
And this it was, I believe, which created false opinion and the holding of false opinions, was it not?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
Very well, must we not also grant that pleasure and pain stand in the same relation to realities?
Protarchus:
What do you mean?
Socrates:
I mean that he who feels pleasure at all in any way or manner always really feels pleasure, but it is sometimes not based upon realities, whether present or past, and often, perhaps most frequently, upon things which will never even be realities in the future.
40e
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ ταῦθ' οὕτως ἀναγκαῖον, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔχειν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ὁ αὐτὸς λόγος ἂν εἴη περὶ φόβων τε καὶ θυμῶν καὶ πάντων τῶν τοιούτων, ὡς ἔστι καὶ ψευδῆ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα ἐνίοτε;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
τί δέ; πονηρὰς δόξας καὶ χρηστὰς ἄλλως ἢ ψευδεῖς γιγνομένας ἔχομεν εἰπεῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκ ἄλλως.
Σωκράτης:
οὐδ' ἡδονάς γ' οἶμαι κατανοοῦμεν ὡς ἄλλον τινὰ τρόπον εἰσὶν πονηραὶ πλὴν τῷ ψευδεῖς εἶναι.
40e
Protarchus:
This also, Socrates, must inevitably be the case.
Socrates:
And the same may be said of fear and anger and all that sort of thing—that they are all sometimes false?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Well, can we say that opinions become bad or good except as they become false?
Protarchus:
No.
Socrates:
And we understand, I believe, that pleasures also
41a
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν τοὐναντίον, ὦ Σώκρατες, εἴρηκας. σχεδὸν γὰρ τῷ ψεύδει μὲν οὐ πάνυ πονηρὰς ἄν τις λύπας τε καὶ ἡδονὰς θείη, μεγάλῃ δὲ ἄλλῃ καὶ πολλῇ συμπιπτούσας πονηρίᾳ.
Σωκράτης:
τὰς μὲν τοίνυν πονηρὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ διὰ πονηρίαν οὔσας τοιαύτας ὀλίγον ὕστερον ἐροῦμεν, ἂν ἔτι δοκῇ νῷν: τὰς δὲ ψευδεῖς κατ' ἄλλον τρόπον ἐν ἡμῖν πολλὰς καὶ πολλάκις
41a
are not bad except by being false.
Protarchus:
No; you have said quite the reverse of the truth, Socrates; for no one would be at all likely to call pains and pleasures bad because they are false, but because they are involved in another great and manifold evil.
Socrates:
Then of the evil pleasures which are such because of evil we will speak a little later, if we still care to do so; but of the false pleasures we must prove in another way that they exist and come into existence in us often and in great numbers;
41b
ἐνούσας τε καὶ ἐγγιγνομένας λεκτέον. τούτῳ γὰρ ἴσως χρησόμεθα πρὸς τὰς κρίσεις.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔκ; εἴπερ γε εἰσίν.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ', ὦ Πρώταρχε, εἰσὶν κατά γε τὴν ἐμήν. τοῦτο δὲ τὸ δόγμα ἕως ἂν κέηται παρ' ἡμῖν, ἀδύνατον ἀνέλεγκτον δήπου γίγνεσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
καλῶς.
Σωκράτης:
περιιστώμεθα δὴ καθάπερ ἀθληταὶ πρὸς τοῦτον αὖ τὸν λόγον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἴωμεν.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλὰ μὴν εἴπομεν, εἴπερ μεμνήμεθα, ὀλίγον ἐν
41b
for this may help us to reach our decisions.
Protarchus:
Yes, of course; that is, if such pleasures exist.
Socrates:
But they do exist, Protarchus, in my opinion; however, until we have established the truth of this opinion, it cannot be unquestioned.
Protarchus:
Good.
Socrates:
Then let us, like athletes, approach and grapple with this new argument.
Protarchus:
Let us do so.
Socrates:
We said, you may remember, a little while ago,
41c
τοῖς πρόσθεν, ὡς ὅταν αἱ λεγόμεναι ἐπιθυμίαι ἐν ἡμῖν ὦσι, δίχα ἄρα τότε τὸ σῶμα καὶ χωρὶς τῆς ψυχῆς τοῖς παθήμασι διείληπται.
Πρώταρχος:
μεμνήμεθα καὶ προερρήθη ταῦτα.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὸ μὲν ἐπιθυμοῦν ἦν ἡ ψυχὴ τῶν τοῦ σώματος ἐναντίων ἕξεων, τὸ δὲ τὴν ἀλγηδόνα ἤ τινα διὰ πάθος ἡδονὴν τὸ σῶμα ἦν τὸ παρεχόμενον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἦν γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
συλλογίζου δὴ τὸ γιγνόμενον ἐν τούτοις.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε.
41c
that when desires, as they are called, exist in us, the soul is apart from the body and separate from it in feelings.
Protarchus:
I remember; that was said.
Socrates:
And was not the soul that which desired the opposites of the conditions of the body and the body that which caused pleasure or pain because of feeling?
Protarchus:
Yes, that was the case.
Socrates:
Then draw the conclusion as to what takes place in these circumstances.
Protarchus:
Go on.
41d
Σωκράτης:
γίγνεται τοίνυν, ὁπόταν ᾖ ταῦτα, ἅμα παρακεῖσθαι λύπας τε καὶ ἡδονάς, καὶ τούτων αἰσθήσεις ἅμα παρ' ἀλλήλας ἐναντίων οὐσῶν γίγνεσθαι, ὃ καὶ νυνδὴ ἐφάνη.
Πρώταρχος:
φαίνεται γοῦν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν καὶ τόδε εἴρηται καὶ συνωμολογημένον ἡμῖν ἔμπροσθε κεῖται;
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὡς τὸ μᾶλλόν τε καὶ ἧττον ἄμφω τούτω δέχεσθον, λύπη τε καὶ ἡδονή, καὶ ὅτι τῶν ἀπείρων εἴτην.
Πρώταρχος:
εἴρηται. τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
τίς οὖν μηχανὴ ταῦτ' ὀρθῶς κρίνεσθαι;
41d
Socrates:
What takes place is this: in these circumstances pleasures and pains exist at the same time and the sensations of opposite pleasures and pains are present side by side simultaneously, as was made clear just now.
Protarchus:
Yes, that is clear.
Socrates:
And have we not also said and agreed and settled something further?
Protarchus:
What?
Socrates:
That both pleasure and pain admit of the more and less and are of the class of the infinite.
Protarchus:
Yes, we have said that, certainly.
Socrates:
Then what means is there of judging rightly of this?
41e
Πρώταρχος:
πῇ δὴ καὶ πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
εἰ τὸ βούλημα ἡμῖν τῆς κρίσεως τούτων ἐν τοιούτοις τισὶ διαγνῶναι βούλεται ἑκάστοτε τίς τούτων πρὸς ἀλλήλας μείζων καὶ τίς ἐλάττων καὶ τίς μᾶλλον καὶ τίς σφοδροτέρα, λύπη τε πρὸς ἡδονὴν καὶ λύπη πρὸς λύπην καὶ ἡδονὴ πρὸς ἡδονήν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' ἔστι ταῦτά τε τοιαῦτα καὶ ἡ βούλησις τῆς κρίσεως αὕτη.
Σωκράτης:
τί οὖν; ἐν μὲν ὄψει τὸ πόρρωθεν καὶ ἐγγύθεν ὁρᾶν
41e
Protarchus:
How and in what way do you mean?
Socrates:
I mean to ask whether the purpose of our judgement of these matters in such circumstances is to recognize in each instance which of these elements is greater or smaller or more intense, comparing pain with pleasure, pain with pain, and pleasure with pleasure.
Protarchus:
Certainly there are such differences, and that is the purpose of our judgement.
Socrates:
Well then, in the case of sight, seeing things from too near at hand or from too great a distance
42a
τὰ μεγέθη τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἀφανίζει καὶ ψευδῆ ποιεῖ δοξάζειν, ἐν λύπαις δ' ἄρα καὶ ἡδοναῖς οὐκ ἔστι ταὐτὸν τοῦτο γιγνόμενον;
Πρώταρχος:
πολὺ μὲν οὖν μᾶλλον, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
ἐναντίον δὴ τὸ νῦν τῷ σμικρὸν ἔμπροσθε γέγονεν.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
τότε μὲν αἱ δόξαι ψευδεῖς τε καὶ ἀληθεῖς αὗται γιγνόμεναι τὰς λύπας τε καὶ ἡδονὰς ἅμα τοῦ παρ' αὑταῖς παθήματος ἀνεπίμπλασαν.
42a
obscures their real sizes and causes us to have false opinions; and does not this same thing happen in the case of pains and pleasures?
Protarchus:
Yes, Socrates, even much more than in the case of sight.
Socrates:
Then our present conclusion is the opposite of what we said a little while ago.
Protarchus:
To what do you refer?
Socrates:
A while ago these opinions, being false or true, imbued the pains and pleasures with their own condition of truth or falsehood.
42b
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
Σωκράτης:
νῦν δέ γε αὐταὶ διὰ τὸ πόρρωθέν τε καὶ ἐγγύθεν ἑκάστοτε μεταβαλλόμεναι θεωρεῖσθαι, καὶ ἅμα τιθέμεναι παρ' ἀλλήλας, αἱ μὲν ἡδοναὶ παρὰ τὸ λυπηρὸν μείζους φαίνονται καὶ σφοδρότεραι, λῦπαι δ' αὖ διὰ τὸ παρ' ἡδονὰς τοὐναντίον ἐκείναις.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀνάγκη γίγνεσθαι τὰ τοιαῦτα διὰ ταῦτα.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ὅσῳ μείζους τῶν οὐσῶν ἑκάτεραι καὶ ἐλάττους φαίνονται, τοῦτο ἀποτεμόμενος ἑκατέρων τὸ φαινόμενον
42b
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
But now, because they are seen at various and changing distances and are compared with one another, the pleasures themselves appear greater and more intense by comparison with the pains, and the pains in turn, through comparison with the pleasures, vary inversely as they.
Protarchus:
That is inevitable for the reasons you have given.
Socrates:
They both, then, appear greater and less than the reality. Now if you abstract from both of them this apparent, but unreal, excess or inferiority, you cannot say that its appearance is true,
42c
ἀλλ' οὐκ ὄν, οὔτε αὐτὸ ὀρθῶς φαινόμενον ἐρεῖς, οὐδ' αὖ ποτε τὸ ἐπὶ τούτῳ μέρος τῆς ἡδονῆς καὶ λύπης γιγνόμενον ὀρθόν τε καὶ ἀληθὲς τολμήσεις λέγειν.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐ γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
τούτων τοίνυν ἑξῆς ὀψόμεθα ἐὰν τῇδε ἀπαντῶμεν ἡδονὰς καὶ λύπας ψευδεῖς ἔτι μᾶλλον ἢ ταύτας φαινομένας τε καὶ οὔσας ἐν τοῖς ζῴοις.
Πρώταρχος:
ποίας δὴ καὶ πῶς λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
εἴρηταί που πολλάκις ὅτι τῆς φύσεως ἑκάστων διαφθειρομένης μὲν συγκρίσεσι καὶ διακρίσεσι καὶ πληρώσεσι
42c
nor again can you have the face to affirm that the part of pleasure or pain which corresponds to this is true or real.
Protarchus:
No, I cannot.
Socrates:
Next, then, we will see whether we may not in another direction come upon pleasures and pains still more false than these appearing and existing in living beings.
Protarchus:
What pleasures and what method do you mean?
Socrates:
It has been said many times that pains and woes and aches and everything that is called by names of that sort are caused when nature in any instance is corrupted through combinations and dissolutions,
42d
καὶ κενώσεσι καί τισιν αὔξαις καὶ φθίσεσι λῦπαί τε καὶ ἀλγηδόνες καὶ ὀδύναι καὶ πάνθ' ὁπόσα τοιαῦτ' ὀνόματα ἔχει συμβαίνει γιγνόμενα.
Πρώταρχος:
ναί, ταῦτα εἴρηται πολλάκις.
Σωκράτης:
εἰς δέ γε τὴν αὑτῶν φύσιν ὅταν καθιστῆται, ταύτην αὖ τὴν κατάστασιν ἡδονὴν ἀπεδεξάμεθα παρ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς.
Σωκράτης:
τί δ' ὅταν περὶ τὸ σῶμα μηδὲν τούτων γιγνόμενον ἡμῶν ᾖ;
Πρώταρχος:
πότε δὲ τοῦτ' ἂν γένοιτο, ὦ Σώκρατες;
42d
fillings and emptyings, increases and diminutions.
Protarchus:
Yes, that has been said many times.
Socrates:
And we agreed that when things are restored to their natural condition, that restoration is pleasure.
Protarchus:
Right.
Socrates:
But when neither of these changes takes place in the body, what then?
Protarchus:
When could that be the case, Socrates?
42e
Σωκράτης:
οὐδὲν πρὸς λόγον ἐστίν, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ὃ σὺ νῦν ἤρου τὸ ἐρώτημα.
Πρώταρχος:
τί δή;
Σωκράτης:
διότι τὴν ἐμὴν ἐρώτησιν οὐ κωλύεις με διερέσθαι σε πάλιν.
Πρώταρχος:
ποίαν;
Σωκράτης:
εἰ δ' οὖν μὴ γίγνοιτο, ὦ Πρώταρχε, φήσω, τὸ τοιοῦτον, τί ποτε ἀναγκαῖον ἐξ αὐτοῦ συμβαίνειν ἡμῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
μὴ κινουμένου τοῦ σώματος ἐφ' ἑκάτερα φῄς;
Σωκράτης:
οὕτως.
Πρώταρχος:
δῆλον δὴ τοῦτό γε, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς οὔτε ἡδονὴ γίγνοιτ' ἂν ἐν τῷ τοιούτῳ ποτὲ οὔτ' ἄν τις λύπη.
42e
Socrates:
That question of yours is not to the point, Protarchus.
Protarchus:
Why not?
Socrates:
Because you do not prevent my asking my own question again.
Protarchus:
What question?
Socrates:
Why, Protarchus, I may say, granting that such a condition does not arise, what would be the necessary result if it did?
Protarchus:
You mean if the body is not changed in either direction?
Socrates:
Yes.
Protarchus:
It is clear, Socrates, that in that case there would never be either pleasure or pain.
43a
Σωκράτης:
κάλλιστ' εἶπες. ἀλλὰ γὰρ οἶμαι τόδε λέγεις, ὡς ἀεί τι τούτων ἀναγκαῖον ἡμῖν συμβαίνειν, ὡς οἱ σοφοί φασιν: ἀεὶ γὰρ ἅπαντα ἄνω τε καὶ κάτω ῥεῖ.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγουσι γὰρ οὖν, καὶ δοκοῦσί γε οὐ φαύλως λέγειν.
Σωκράτης:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν, μὴ φαῦλοί γε ὄντες; ἀλλὰ γὰρ ὑπεκστῆναι τὸν λόγον ἐπιφερόμενον τοῦτον βούλομαι. τῇδ' οὖν διανοοῦμαι φεύγειν, καὶ σύ μοι σύμφευγε.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε ὅπῃ.
Σωκράτης:
ταῦτα μὲν τοίνυν οὕτως ἔστω, φῶμεν πρὸς τούτους:
43a
Socrates:
Excellent. But you believe, I fancy, that some such change must always be taking place in us, as the philosophers
say; for all things are always flowing and shifting.
Protarchus:
Yes, that is what they say, and I think their theory is important.
Socrates:
Of course it is, in view of their own importance. But I should like to avoid this argument which is rushing at us. I am going to run away; come along and escape with me.
Protarchus:
What is your way of escape?
Socrates:
“We grant you all this” let us say to them.
43b
σὺ δ' ἀπόκριναι πότερον ἀεὶ πάντα, ὁπόσα πάσχει τι τῶν ἐμψύχων, ταῦτ' αἰσθάνεται τὸ πάσχον, καὶ οὔτ' αὐξανόμενοι λανθάνομεν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς οὔτε τι τῶν τοιούτων οὐδὲν πάσχοντες, ἢ πᾶν τοὐναντίον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἅπαν δήπου τοὐναντίον: ὀλίγου γὰρ τά γε τοιαῦτα λέληθε πάνθ' ἡμᾶς.
Σωκράτης:
οὐ τοίνυν καλῶς ἡμῖν εἴρηται τὸ νυνδὴ ῥηθέν, ὡς αἱ μεταβολαὶ κάτω τε καὶ ἄνω γιγνόμεναι λύπας τε καὶ ἡδονὰς ἀπεργάζονται.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
43b
But answer me this, Protarchus, are we and all other living beings always conscious of everything that happens to us of our growth and all that sort of thing—or is the truth quite the reverse of that?
Protarchus:
Quite the reverse, surely; for we are almost entirely unconscious of everything of that sort.
Socrates:
Then we were not right in saying just now that the fluctuations and changes cause pains and pleasures.
Protarchus:
No, certainly not.
43c
Σωκράτης:
ὧδ' ἔσται κάλλιον καὶ ἀνεπιληπτότερον τὸ λεγόμενον.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ὡς αἱ μὲν μεγάλαι μεταβολαὶ λύπας τε καὶ ἡδονὰς ποιοῦσιν ἡμῖν, αἱ δ' αὖ μέτριαί τε καὶ σμικραὶ τὸ παράπαν οὐδέτερα τούτων.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότερον οὕτως ἢ 'κείνως, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν εἰ ταῦτα οὕτω, πάλιν ὁ νυνδὴ ῥηθεὶς βίος ἂν ἥκοι.
Πρώταρχος:
ποῖος;
Σωκράτης:
ὃν ἄλυπόν τε καὶ ἄνευ χαρμονῶν ἔφαμεν εἶναι.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
ἐκ δὴ τούτων τιθῶμεν τριττοὺς ἡμῖν βίους, ἕνα
43c
Socrates:
A better and more unassailable statement would be this.
Protarchus:
What?
Socrates:
That the great changes cause pains and pleasures in us, but the moderate and small ones cause no pains or pleasures at all.
Protarchus:
That is more correct than the other statement, Socrates.
Socrates:
But if that is the case, the life of which we spoke just now would come back again.
Protarchus:
What life?
Socrates:
The life which we said was painless and without joys.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
Let us, therefore, assume three lives,
43d
μὲν ἡδύν, τὸν δ' αὖ λυπηρόν, τὸν δ' ἕνα μηδέτερα. ἢ πῶς ἂν φαίης σὺ περὶ τούτων;
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκ ἄλλως ἔγωγε ἢ ταύτῃ, τρεῖς εἶναι τοὺς βίους.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν οὐκ ἂν εἴη τὸ μὴ λυπεῖσθαί ποτε ταὐτὸν τῷ χαίρειν;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
ὁπόταν οὖν ἀκούσῃς ὡς ἥδιστον πάντων ἐστὶν ἀλύπως διατελεῖν τὸν βίον ἅπαντα, τί τόθ' ὑπολαμβάνεις λέγειν τὸν τοιοῦτον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἡδὺ λέγειν φαίνεται ἔμοιγε οὗτος τὸ μὴ λυπεῖσθαι.
43d
one pleasant, one painful, and one neither of the two; or do you disagree?
Protarchus:
No, I agree to this, that there are the three lives.
Socrates:
Then freedom from pain would not be identical with pleasure?
Protarchus:
Certainly not.
Socrates:
When you hear anyone say that the pleasantest of all things is to live all one's life without pain, what do you understand him to mean?
Protarchus:
I think he means that freedom from pain is pleasure.
Socrates:
Now let us assume that we have three things; no matter what they are,
43e
Σωκράτης:
τριῶν ὄντων οὖν ἡμῖν, ὧντινων βούλει, τίθει, καλλίοσιν ἵνα ὀνόμασι χρώμεθα, τὸ μὲν χρυσόν, τὸ δ' ἄργυρον, τρίτον δὲ τὸ μηδέτερα τούτων.
Πρώταρχος:
κεῖται.
Σωκράτης:
τὸ δὴ μηδέτερα τούτων ἔσθ' ἡμῖν ὅπως θάτερα γένοιτο ἄν, χρυσὸς ἢ ἄργυρος;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πῶς ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐδ' ἄρα ὁ μέσος βίος ἡδὺς ἢ λυπηρὸς λεγόμενος ὀρθῶς ἄν ποτε οὔτ' εἰ δοξάζοι τις, δοξάζοιτο, οὔτ' εἰ λέγοι, λεχθείη, κατά γε τὸν ὀρθὸν λόγον.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
43e
but let us use fine names and call one gold, another silver, and the third neither of the two.
Protarchus:
Agreed.
Socrates:
Now can that which is neither become either gold or silver?
Protarchus:
Certainly not.
Socrates:
Neither can that middle life of which we spoke ever be rightly considered in opinion or called in speech pleasant or painful, at any rate by those who reason correctly.
Protarchus:
No, certainly not.
Socrates:
But surely, my friend, we are aware of persons who call it
44a
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλὰ μήν, ὦ ἑταῖρε, λεγόντων γε ταῦτα καὶ δοξαζόντων αἰσθανόμεθα.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα.
Σωκράτης:
πότερον οὖν καὶ χαίρειν οἴονται τότε ὅταν μὴ λυπῶνται;
Πρώταρχος:
φασὶ γοῦν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν οἴονται τότε χαίρειν: οὐ γὰρ ἂν ἔλεγόν που.
Πρώταρχος:
κινδυνεύει.
Σωκράτης:
ψευδῆ γε μὴν δοξάζουσι περὶ τοῦ χαίρειν, εἴπερ χωρὶς τοῦ μὴ λυπεῖσθαι καὶ τοῦ χαίρειν ἡ φύσις ἑκατέρου.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μὴν χωρίς γε ἦν.
Σωκράτης:
πότερον οὖν αἱρώμεθα παρ' ἡμῖν ταῦτ' εἶναι, καθάπερ
44a
and consider it so.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Do they, then, think they feel pleasure whenever they are not in pain?
Protarchus:
That is what they say.
Socrates:
Then they do think they feel pleasure at such times; for otherwise they would not say so.
Protarchus:
Most likely.
Socrates:
Certainly, then, they have a false opinion about pleasure, if there is an essential difference between feeling pleasure and not feeling pain.
Protarchus:
And we certainly found that difference.
Socrates:
Then shall we adopt the view that there are,
44b
ἄρτι, τρία, ἢ δύο μόνα, λύπην μὲν κακὸν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις, τὴν δ' ἀπαλλαγὴν τῶν λυπῶν, αὐτὸ τοῦτο ἀγαθὸν ὄν, ἡδὺ προσαγορεύεσθαι;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δὴ νῦν τοῦτο, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἐρωτώμεθα ὑφ' ἡμῶν αὐτῶν; οὐ γὰρ μανθάνω.
Σωκράτης:
ὄντως γὰρ τοὺς πολεμίους Φιλήβου τοῦδε, ὦ Πρώταρχε, οὐ μανθάνεις;
Πρώταρχος:
λέγεις δὲ αὐτοὺς τίνας;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μάλα δεινοὺς λεγομένους τὰ περὶ φύσιν, οἳ τὸ παράπαν ἡδονὰς οὔ φασιν εἶναι.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
44b
as we said just now, three states, or that there are only two—pain, which is an evil to mankind, and freedom from pain, which is of itself a good and is called pleasure?
Protarchus:
Why do we ask ourselves that question now, Socrates? I do not understand.
Socrates:
No, Protarchus, for you certainly do not understand about the enemies of our friend Philebus.
Protarchus:
Whom do you mean?
Socrates:
Certain men who are said to be master thinkers about nature, and who deny the existence of pleasures altogether.
Protarchus:
Is it possible?
44c
Σωκράτης:
λυπῶν ταύτας εἶναι πάσας ἀποφυγάς, ἃς νῦν οἱ περὶ Φίληβον ἡδονὰς ἐπονομάζουσιν.
Πρώταρχος:
τούτοις οὖν ἡμᾶς πότερα πείθεσθαι συμβουλεύεις, ἢ πῶς, ὦ Σώκρατες;
Σωκράτης:
οὔκ, ἀλλ' ὥσπερ μάντεσι προσχρῆσθαί τισι, μαντευομένοις οὐ τέχνῃ ἀλλά τινι δυσχερείᾳ φύσεως οὐκ ἀγεννοῦς λίαν μεμισηκότων τὴν τῆς ἡδονῆς δύναμιν καὶ νενομικότων οὐδὲν ὑγιές, ὥστε καὶ αὐτὸ τοῦτο αὐτῆς τὸ ἐπαγωγὸν γοήτευμα,
44c
Socrates:
They say that what Philebus and his school call pleasures are all merely refuges from pain.
Protarchus:
Do you recommend that we adopt their view, Socrates?
Socrates:
No, but that we make use of them as seers who divine the truth, not by acquired skill, but by some innate and not ignoble repugnance which makes them hate the power of pleasure and think it so utterly unsound that its very attractiveness is mere trickery, not pleasure.
44d
οὐχ ἡδονήν, εἶναι. τούτοις μὲν οὖν ταῦτα ἂν προσχρήσαιο, σκεψάμενος ἔτι καὶ τὰ ἄλλα αὐτῶν δυσχεράσματα: μετὰ δὲ ταῦτα αἵ γέ μοι δοκοῦσιν ἡδοναὶ ἀληθεῖς εἶναι πεύσῃ, ἵνα ἐξ ἀμφοῖν τοῖν λόγοιν σκεψάμενοι τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῆς παραθώμεθα πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
μεταδιώκωμεν δὴ τούτους, ὥσπερ συμμάχους, κατὰ τὸ τῆς δυσχερείας αὐτῶν ἴχνος. οἶμαι γὰρ τοιόνδε τι λέγειν αὐτούς, ἀρχομένους ποθὲν ἄνωθεν, ὡς εἰ βουληθεῖμεν ὁτουοῦν
44d
You may make use of them in this way, considering also their other expressions of dislike; and after that you shall learn of the pleasures which seem to me to be true, in order that we may consider the power of pleasure from both points of view and form our judgement by comparing them.
Protarchus:
You are right.
Socrates:
Let us, then, consider these men as allies and follow them in the track of their dislike. I fancy their method would be to begin somewhere further back
44e
εἴδους τὴν φύσιν ἰδεῖν, οἷον τὴν τοῦ σκληροῦ, πότερον εἰς τὰ σκληρότατα ἀποβλέποντες οὕτως ἂν μᾶλλον συννοήσαιμεν ἢ πρὸς τὰ πολλοστὰ σκληρότητι; δεῖ δή σε, ὦ Πρώταρχε, καθάπερ ἐμοί, καὶ τούτοις τοῖς δυσχερέσιν ἀποκρίνεσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν, καὶ λέγω γε αὐτοῖς ὅτι πρὸς τὰ πρῶτα μεγέθει.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν εἰ καὶ τὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς γένος ἰδεῖν ἥντινά ποτ' ἔχει φύσιν βουληθεῖμεν, οὐκ εἰς τὰς πολλοστὰς ἡδονὰς
44e
and ask whether, if we wished to discover the nature of any class—take the hard, for instance—we should be more likely to learn it by looking at the hardest things or at the least hard. Now you, Protarchus, must reply to them as you have been replying to me.
Protarchus:
By all means, and I say to them that we should look at the greatest things.
Socrates:
Then if we wished to discover what the nature of pleasure is, we should look, not at the smallest pleasures,
45a
ἀποβλεπτέον, ἀλλ' εἰς τὰς ἀκροτάτας καὶ σφοδροτάτας λεγομένας.
Πρώταρχος:
πᾶς ἄν σοι ταύτῃ συγχωροίη τὰ νῦν.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν, αἱ πρόχειροί γε αἵπερ καὶ μέγισται τῶν ἡδονῶν, ὃ λέγομεν πολλάκις, αἱ περὶ τὸ σῶμά εἰσιν αὗται;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
πότερον οὖν καὶ μείζους εἰσὶ καὶ γίγνονται περὶ τοὺς κάμνοντας ἐν ταῖς νόσοις ἢ περὶ ὑγιαίνοντας; εὐλαβηθῶμεν δὲ μὴ προπετῶς ἀποκρινόμενοι πταίσωμέν πῃ. τάχα γὰρ
45a
but at those which are considered most extreme and intense.
Protarchus:
Every one would agree to that now.
Socrates:
And the commonest and greatest pleasures are, as we have often said, those connected with the body, are they not?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Are they greater, then, and do they become greater in those who are ill or in those who are in health? Let us take care not to answer hastily and fall into error. Perhaps we might say they are greater
45b
ἴσως φαῖμεν ἂν περὶ ὑγιαίνοντας.
Πρώταρχος:
εἰκός γε.
Σωκράτης:
τί δ'; οὐχ αὗται τῶν ἡδονῶν ὑπερβάλλουσιν, ὧν ἂν καὶ ἐπιθυμίαι μέγισται προγίγνωνται;
Πρώταρχος:
τοῦτο μὲν ἀληθές.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' οὐχ οἱ πυρέττοντες καὶ ἐν τοιούτοις νοσήμασιν ἐχόμενοι μᾶλλον διψῶσι καὶ ῥιγοῦσι καὶ πάντα ὁπόσα διὰ τοῦ σώματος εἰώθασι πάσχειν, μᾶλλόν τ' ἐνδείᾳ συγγίγνονται καὶ ἀποπληρουμένων μείζους ἡδονὰς ἴσχουσιν; ἢ τοῦτο οὐ φήσομεν ἀληθὲς εἶναι;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν νῦν ῥηθὲν φαίνεται.
45b
in those who are in health.
Protarchus:
That is reasonable.
Socrates:
Yes, but are not those pleasures the greatest which gratify the greatest desires?
Protarchus:
That is true.
Socrates:
But do not people who are in a fever, or in similar diseases, feel more intensely thirst and cold and other bodily sufferings which they usually have; and do they not feel greater want, followed by greater pleasure when their want is satisfied? Is this true, or not?
45c
Σωκράτης:
τί οὖν; ὀρθῶς ἂν φαινοίμεθα λέγοντες ὡς εἴ τις τὰς μεγίστας ἡδονὰς ἰδεῖν βούλοιτο, οὐκ εἰς ὑγίειαν ἀλλ' εἰς νόσον ἰόντας δεῖ σκοπεῖν; ὅρα δὲ μή με ἡγῇ διανοούμενον ἐρωτᾶν σε εἰ πλείω χαίρουσιν οἱ σφόδρα νοσοῦντες τῶν ὑγιαινόντων, ἀλλ' οἴου μέγεθός με ζητεῖν ἡδονῆς, καὶ τὸ σφόδρα περὶ τοῦ τοιούτου ποῦ ποτε γίγνεται ἑκάστοτε. νοῆσαι γὰρ δεῖ φαμεν ἥντινα φύσιν ἔχει καὶ τίνα λέγουσιν οἱ φάσκοντες μηδ' εἶναι τὸ παράπαν αὐτήν.
45c
Protarchus:
Now that you have said it, it certainly appears to be true.
Socrates:
Then should we appear to be right in saying that if we wished to discover the greatest pleasures we should have to look, not at health, but at disease? Now do not imagine that I mean to ask you whether those who are very ill have more pleasures than those who are well, but assume that I am asking about the greatness of pleasure, and where the greatest intensity of such feeling normally occurs. For we say that it is our task to discover the nature of pleasure and what
45d
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν ἕπομαι τῷ λόγῳ σου.
Σωκράτης:
τάχα, ὦ Πρώταρχε, οὐχ ἧττον δείξεις. ἀπόκριναι γάρ: ἐν ὕβρει μείζους ἡδονάς—οὐ πλείους λέγω, τῷ σφόδρα δὲ καὶ τῷ μᾶλλον ὑπερεχούσας—ὁρᾷς ἢ ἐν τῷ σώφρονι βίῳ; λέγε δὲ προσέχων τὸν νοῦν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' ἔμαθον ὃ λέγεις, καὶ πολὺ τὸ διαφέρον ὁρῶ. τοὺς μὲν γὰρ σώφρονάς που καὶ ὁ παροιμιαζόμενος
45d
those who deny its existence altogether say that it is.
Protarchus:
I think I understand you.
Socrates:
Presently, Protarchus, you will show that more clearly, for I want you to answer a question. Do you see greater pleasures—I do not mean greater in number, but greater in intensity and degree—in riotous living or in a life of self-restraint? Be careful about your reply.
Protarchus:
I understand you, and I see that there is a great difference. For the self-restrained are always held in check by the advice of the proverbial expression
45e
ἐπίσχει λόγος ἑκάστοτε, ὁ τὸ “μηδὲν ἄγαν” παρακελευόμενος, ᾧ πείθονται: τὸ δὲ τῶν ἀφρόνων τε καὶ ὑβριστῶν μέχρι μανίας ἡ σφοδρὰ ἡδονὴ κατέχουσα περιβοήτους ἀπεργάζεται.
Σωκράτης:
καλῶς: καὶ εἴ γε τοῦθ' οὕτως ἔχει, δῆλον ὡς ἔν τινι πονηρίᾳ ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος, ἀλλ' οὐκ ἐν ἀρετῇ μέγισται μὲν ἡδοναί, μέγισται δὲ καὶ λῦπαι γίγνονται.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τούτων τινὰς προελόμενον δεῖ σκοπεῖσθαι τίνα ποτὲ τρόπον ἐχούσας ἐλέγομεν αὐτὰς εἶναι μεγίστας.
45e
“nothing too much,” which guides their actions; but intense pleasure holds sway over the foolish and dissolute even to the point of madness and makes them notorious.
Socrates:
Good; and if that is true, it is clear that the greatest pleasures and the greatest pains originate in some depravity of soul and body, not in virtue.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Then we must select some of these pleasures and see what there is about them which made us say that they are the greatest.
46a
Πρώταρχος:
ἀνάγκη.
Σωκράτης:
σκόπει δὴ τὰς τῶν τοιῶνδε νοσημάτων ἡδονάς, τίνα ποτὲ ἔχουσι τρόπον.
Πρώταρχος:
ποίων;
Σωκράτης:
τὰς τῶν ἀσχημόνων, ἃς οὓς εἴπομεν δυσχερεῖς μισοῦσι παντελῶς.
Πρώταρχος:
ποίας;
Σωκράτης:
οἷον τὰς τῆς ψώρας ἰάσεις τῷ τρίβειν καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, οὐκ ἄλλης δεόμενα φαρμάξεως: τοῦτο γὰρ δὴ τὸ πάθος ἡμῖν, ὦ πρὸς θεῶν, τί ποτε φῶμεν ἐγγίγνεσθαι; πότερον ἡδονὴν ἢ λύπην;
Πρώταρχος:
σύμμεικτον τοῦτό γ' ἄρ', ὦ Σώκρατες, ἔοικε γίγνεσθαί τι κακόν.
46a
Protarchus:
Yes, we must.
Socrates:
Now see what there is about the pleasures which are related to certain diseases.
Protarchus:
What diseases?
Socrates:
Repulsive diseases which the philosophers of dislike whom we mentioned utterly abominate.
Protarchus:
What are the pleasures?
Socrates:
For instance, the relief of the itch and the like by scratching, no other treatment being required. For in Heaven's name what shall we say the feeling is which we have in this case? Is it pleasure or pain?
Protarchus:
I think, Socrates, it is a mixed evil.
46b
Σωκράτης:
οὐ μὲν δὴ Φιλήβου γε ἕνεκα παρεθέμην τὸν λόγον: ἀλλ' ἄνευ τούτων, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τῶν ἡδονῶν καὶ τῶν ταύταις ἑπομένων, ἂν μὴ κατοφθῶσι, σχεδὸν οὐκ ἄν ποτε δυναίμεθα διακρίνασθαι τὸ νῦν ζητούμενον.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκοῦν ἰτέον ἐπὶ τὰς τούτων συγγενεῖς.
Σωκράτης:
τὰς ἐν τῇ μείξει κοινωνούσας λέγεις;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
εἰσὶ τοίνυν μείξεις αἱ μὲν κατὰ τὸ σῶμα ἐν αὐτοῖς
46b
Socrates:
I did not introduce this question on PhilebusÕ account; but unless we consider these pleasures and those that follow in their train, Protarchus, we can probably never settle the point at issue.
Protarchus:
Then we must attack this family of pleasures.
Socrates:
You mean those which are mixed?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Some mixtures are concerned with the body and are in the body only, and some belong only to the soul and are in the soul;
46c
τοῖς σώμασιν, αἱ δ' αὐτῆς τῆς ψυχῆς ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ: τὰς δ' αὖ τῆς ψυχῆς καὶ τοῦ σώματος ἀνευρήσομεν λύπας ἡδοναῖς μειχθείσας τοτὲ μὲν ἡδονὰς τὰ συναμφότερα, τοτὲ δὲ λύπας ἐπικαλουμένας.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
ὁπόταν ἐν τῇ καταστάσει τις ἢ τῇ διαφθορᾷ τἀναντία ἅμα πάθη πάσχῃ, ποτὲ ῥιγῶν θέρηται καὶ θερμαινόμενος ἐνίοτε ψύχηται, ζητῶν οἶμαι τὸ μὲν ἔχειν, τοῦ δὲ ἀπαλλάττεσθαι, τὸ δὴ λεγόμενον πικρῷ γλυκὺ μεμειγμένον, μετὰ
46c
and we shall also find some mingled pains and pleasures belonging both to the soul and to the body, and these are sometimes called pleasures, sometimes pains.
Protarchus:
How so?
Socrates:
Whenever, in the process of restoration or destruction, anyone has two opposite feelings, as we sometimes are cold, but are growing warm, or are hot, but are growing cold, the desire of having the one and being free from the other, the mixture of bitter and sweet, as they say, joined with the difficulty in getting rid of the bitter,
46d
δυσαπαλλακτίας παρόν, ἀγανάκτησιν καὶ ὕστερον σύντασιν ἀγρίαν ποιεῖ.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα ἀληθὲς τὸ νῦν λεγόμενον.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν αἱ τοιαῦται μείξεις αἱ μὲν ἐξ ἴσων εἰσὶ λυπῶν τε καὶ ἡδονῶν, αἱ δ' ἐκ τῶν ἑτέρων πλειόνων;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
λέγε δὴ τὰς μέν, ὅταν πλείους λῦπαι τῶν ἡδονῶν γίγνωνται—τὰς τῆς ψώρας λεγομένας νυνδὴ ταύτας εἶναι καὶ τὰς τῶν γαργαλισμῶν—ὁπόταν <ἐν τοῖσ> ἐντὸς τὸ ζέον ᾖ καὶ τὸ φλεγμαῖνον, τῇ τρίψει δὲ καὶ τῇ κνήσει μὴ ἐφικνῆταί
46d
produces impatience and, later, wild excitement.
Protarchus:
What you say is perfectly true.
Socrates:
And such mixtures sometimes consist of equal pains and pleasures and sometimes contain more of one or the other, do they not?
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
In the case of the mixtures in which the pains are more than the pleasures—say the itch, which we mentioned just now, or tickling—when the burning inflammation is within and is not reached by the rubbing and scratching,
46e
τις, τὸ δ' ἐπιπολῆς μόνον διαχέῃ, τοτὲ φέροντες εἰς πῦρ αὐτὰ καὶ εἰς τοὐναντίον πυρίαις μεταβάλλοντες ἐνίοτε ἀμηχάνους ἡδονάς, τοτὲ δὲ τοὐναντίον τοῖς ἐντὸς πρὸς τὰ τῶν ἔξω, λύπας ἡδοναῖς συγκερασθείσας, εἰς ὁπότερ' ἂν ῥέψῃ, παρέσχοντο τῷ τὰ συγκεκριμένα βίᾳ διαχεῖν ἢ τὰ διακεκριμένα συγχεῖν
46e
which separate only such mixtures as are on the surface, sometimes by bringing the affected parts to the fire or to something cold we change from wretchedness to inexpressible pleasures, and sometimes the opposition between the internal and the external produces a mixture of pains and pleasures, whichever happens to preponderate; this is the result of the forcible separation of combined elements,
47a
—[καὶ] ὁμοῦ λύπας ἡδοναῖς παρατιθέναι.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ὁπόταν αὖ πλείων ἡδονὴ κατὰ <τὰ> τοιαῦτα πάντα συμμειχθῇ, τὸ μὲν ὑπομεμειγμένον τῆς λύπης γαργαλίζει τε καὶ ἠρέμα ἀγανακτεῖν ποιεῖ, τὸ δ' αὖ τῆς ἡδονῆς πολὺ πλέον ἐγκεχυμένον συντείνει τε καὶ ἐνίοτε πηδᾶν ποιεῖ, καὶ παντοῖα μὲν χρώματα, παντοῖα δὲ σχήματα, παντοῖα δὲ πνεύματα ἀπεργαζόμενον πᾶσαν ἔκπληξιν καὶ βοὰς μετὰ ἀφροσύνης ἐνεργάζεται;
47a
or the combination of those that were separate, and the concomitant juxtaposition of pains and pleasures.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
And when the pleasure is the predominant element in the mixture, the slight tincture of pain tickles a man and makes him mildly impatient, or again an excessive proportion of pleasure excites him and sometimes even makes him leap for joy; it produces in him all sorts of colors, attitudes, and paintings, and even causes great amazement and foolish shouting, does it not?
47b
Πρώταρχος:
μάλα γε.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ λέγειν τε, ὦ ἑταῖρε, αὐτόν τε περὶ ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖ καὶ ἄλλον ὡς ταύταις ταῖς ἡδοναῖς τερπόμενος οἷον ἀποθνῄσκει: καὶ ταύτας γε δὴ παντάπασιν ἀεὶ μεταδιώκει τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ὅσῳ ἂν ἀκολαστότερός τε καὶ ἀφρονέστερος ὢν τυγχάνῃ, καὶ καλεῖ δὴ μεγίστας ταύτας, καὶ τὸν ἐν αὐταῖς ὅτι μάλιστ' ἀεὶ ζῶντα εὐδαιμονέστατον καταριθμεῖται.
Πρώταρχος:
πάντα, ὦ Σώκρατες, τὰ συμβαίνοντα πρὸς τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς δόξαν διεπέρανας.
47b
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And it makes him say of himself, and others say of him, that he is pleased to death with these delights, and the more unrestrained and foolish he is, the more he always gives himself up to the pursuit of these pleasures; he calls them the greatest of all things and counts that man the happiest who lives most entirely in the enjoyment of them.
Protarchus:
Socrates, you have described admirably what happens
47c
Σωκράτης:
περί γε τῶν ἡδονῶν, ὦ Πρώταρχε, τῶν ἐν τοῖς κοινοῖς παθήμασιν αὐτοῦ τοῦ σώματος τῶν ἐπιπολῆς τε καὶ ἐντὸς κερασθέντων: περὶ δέ γ' ὧν ψυχὴ σώματι τἀναντία συμβάλλεται, λύπην τε ἅμα πρὸς ἡδονὴν καὶ ἡδονὴν πρὸς λύπην, ὥστ' εἰς μίαν ἀμφότερα κρᾶσιν ἰέναι, ταῦτα ἔμπροσθε μὲν διήλθομεν, ὡς, ὁπόταν [αὖ] κενῶται, πληρώσεως ἐπιθυμεῖ, καὶ ἐλπίζων μὲν χαίρει, κενούμενος δὲ ἀλγεῖ, ταῦτα δὲ τότε
47c
in the case of most people.
Socrates:
That may be, Protarchus, so far as concerns purely bodily pleasures in which internal and external sensations unite; but concerning the pleasures in which the soul and the body contribute opposite elements, each adding pain or pleasure to the other's pleasure or pain, so that both unite in a single mixture—concerning these I said before that when a man is empty he desires to be filled, and rejoices in his expectation, but is pained by his emptiness, and now I add, what I did not say at that time, that in all these cases, which are innumerable,
47d
μὲν οὐκ ἐμαρτυράμεθα, νῦν δὲ λέγομεν ὡς ψυχῆς πρὸς σῶμα διαφερομένης ἐν πᾶσι τούτοις πλήθει ἀμηχάνοις οὖσι μεῖξις μία λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς συμπίπτει γενομένη.
Πρώταρχος:
κινδυνεύεις ὀρθότατα λέγειν.
Σωκράτης:
ἔτι τοίνυν ἡμῖν τῶν μείξεων λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς λοιπὴ μία.
Πρώταρχος:
ποία, φῄς;
Σωκράτης:
ἣν αὐτὴν τὴν ψυχὴν αὑτῇ πολλάκις λαμβάνειν σύγκρασιν ἔφαμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς οὖν δὴ τοῦτ' αὐτὸ λέγομεν;
47d
of opposition between soul and body, there is one single mixture of pain and pleasure.
Protarchus:
I believe you are quite right.
Socrates:
One further mixture of pain and pleasure is left.
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
That mixture of its own feelings which we said the soul often experiences.
Protarchus:
And what do we call this
47e
Σωκράτης:
ὀργὴν καὶ φόβον καὶ πόθον καὶ θρῆνον καὶ ἔρωτα καὶ ζῆλον καὶ φθόνον καὶ ὅσα τοιαῦτα, ἆρ' οὐκ αὐτῆς τῆς ψυχῆς τίθεσαι ταύτας λύπας τινάς;
Πρώταρχος:
ἔγωγε.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν αὐτὰς ἡδονῶν μεστὰς εὑρήσομεν ἀμηχάνων; ἢ δεόμεθα ὑπομιμνῄσκεσθαι [τὸ <ἐν> τοῖς θυμοῖς καὶ ταῖς ὀργαῖς,] τὸ “ὅς τ' ἐφέηκε πολύφρονά περ χαλεπῆναι ὅς τε πολὺ γλυκίων μέλιτος καταλειβομένοιο,”
47e
Socrates:
Do you not regard anger, fear, yearning, mourning, love, jealousy, envy, and the like as pains of the soul and the soul only?
Protarchus:
I do.
Socrates:
And shall we not find them full of ineffable pleasures? Or must I remind you of the anger? “Which stirs a man, though very wise, to wrath, And sweeter is than honey from the comb,”
48a
καὶ τὰς ἐν τοῖς θρήνοις καὶ πόθοις ἡδονὰς ἐν λύπαις οὔσας ἀναμεμειγμένας;
Πρώταρχος:
οὔκ, ἀλλ' οὕτω ταῦτά γε καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως ἂν συμβαίνοι γιγνόμενα.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν καὶ τάς γε τραγικὰς θεωρήσεις, ὅταν ἅμα χαίροντες κλάωσι, μέμνησαι;
Πρώταρχος:
τί δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
τὴν δ' ἐν ταῖς κωμῳδίαις διάθεσιν ἡμῶν τῆς ψυχῆς, ἆρ' οἶσθ' ὡς ἔστι κἀν τούτοις μεῖξις λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς;
Πρώταρχος:
οὐ πάνυ κατανοῶ.
48a
and of the pleasures mixed with pains, which we find in mournings and longings?
Protarchus:
No, you need not remind me; those things occur just as you suggest.
Socrates:
And you remember, too, how people enjoy weeping at tragedies?
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
And are you aware of the condition of the soul at comedies, how there also we have a mixture of pain and pleasure?
Protarchus:
I do not quite understand.
48b
Σωκράτης:
παντάπασι γὰρ οὐ ῥᾴδιον, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἐν τούτῳ συννοεῖν τὸ τοιοῦτον ἑκάστοτε πάθος.
Πρώταρχος:
οὔκουν ὥς γ' ἔοικεν ἐμοί.
Σωκράτης:
λάβωμέν γε μὴν αὐτὸ τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ὅσῳ σκοτεινότερόν ἐστιν, ἵνα καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις ῥᾷον καταμαθεῖν τις οἷός τ' ᾖ μεῖξιν λύπης τε καὶ ἡδονῆς.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγοις ἄν.
Σωκράτης:
τό τοι νυνδὴ ῥηθὲν ὄνομα φθόνου πότερα λύπην τινὰ ψυχῆς θήσεις, ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτως.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλὰ μὴν ὁ φθονῶν γε ἐπὶ κακοῖς τοῖς τῶν πέλας ἡδόμενος ἀναφανήσεται.
48b
Socrates:
Indeed it is by no means easy, Protarchus, to understand such a condition under those circumstances.
Protarchus:
No at least I do not find it so.
Socrates:
Well, then, let us take this under consideration, all the more because of its obscurity; then we can more readily understand the mixture of pain and pleasure in other cases.
Protarchus:
Please go on.
Socrates:
Would you say that envy, which was mentioned just now, was a pain of the soul, or not?
Protarchus:
I say it is.
Socrates:
But certainly we see the envious man rejoicing in the misfortunes of his neighbors.
48c
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα γε.
Σωκράτης:
κακὸν μὴν ἄγνοια καὶ ἣν δὴ λέγομεν ἀβελτέραν ἕξιν.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
ἐκ δὴ τούτων ἰδὲ τὸ γελοῖον ἥντινα φύσιν ἔχει.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε μόνον.
Σωκράτης:
ἔστιν δὴ πονηρία μέν τις τὸ κεφάλαιον, ἕξεώς τινος ἐπίκλην λεγομένη: τῆς δ' αὖ πάσης πονηρίας ἐστὶ τοὐναντίον πάθος ἔχον ἢ τὸ λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τῶν ἐν Δελφοῖς γραμμάτων.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ “γνῶθι σαυτὸν” λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες;
48c
Protarchus:
Yes, very much so.
Socrates:
Surely ignorance is an evil, as is also what we call stupidity.
Protarchus:
Surely.
Socrates:
Next, then, consider the nature of the ridiculous.
Protarchus:
Please proceed.
Socrates:
The ridiculous is in its main aspect a kind of vice which gives its name to a condition; and it is that part of vice in general which involves the opposite of the condition mentioned in the inscription at Delphi.
Protarchus:
You mean “Know thyself,” Socrates?
48d
Σωκράτης:
ἔγωγε. τοὐναντίον μὴν ἐκείνῳ δῆλον ὅτι τὸ μηδαμῇ γιγνώσκειν αὑτὸν λεγόμενον ὑπὸ τοῦ γράμματος ἂν εἴη.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
ὦ Πρώταρχε, πειρῶ δὲ αὐτὸ τοῦτο τριχῇ τέμνειν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῇ φῄς; οὐ γὰρ μὴ δυνατὸς ὦ.
Σωκράτης:
λέγεις δὴ δεῖν ἐμὲ τοῦτο διελέσθαι τὰ νῦν;
Πρώταρχος:
λέγω, καὶ δέομαί γε πρὸς τῷ λέγειν.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν οὐ τῶν ἀγνοούντων αὑτοὺς κατὰ τρία ἀνάγκη τοῦτο τὸ πάθος πάσχειν ἕκαστον;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
48d
Socrates:
Yes; and the opposite of that, in the language of the inscription, would evidently be not to know oneself at all.
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
Protarchus, try to divide this into three.
Protarchus:
How do you mean? I am afraid I can never do it.
Socrates:
Then you say that I must now make the division?
Protarchus:
Yes, I say so, and I beg you to do so, besides.
Socrates:
Must not all those who do not know themselves be affected by their condition in one of three ways?
Protarchus:
How is that?
Socrates:
First in regard to wealth; such a man thinks he is
48e
Σωκράτης:
πρῶτον μὲν κατὰ χρήματα, δοξάζειν εἶναι πλουσιώτερον ἢ κατὰ τὴν αὑτῶν οὐσίαν.
Πρώταρχος:
πολλοὶ γοῦν εἰσὶν τὸ τοιοῦτον πάθος ἔχοντες.
Σωκράτης:
πλείους δέ γε οἳ μείζους καὶ καλλίους αὑτοὺς δοξάζουσι, καὶ πάντα ὅσα κατὰ τὸ σῶμα εἶναι διαφερόντως τῆς οὔσης αὐτοῖς ἀληθείας.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
πολὺ δὲ πλεῖστοί γε οἶμαι περὶ τὸ τρίτον εἶδος τὸ τῶν ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς διημαρτήκασιν, ἀρετῇ δοξάζοντες βελτίους ἑαυτούς, οὐκ ὄντες.
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα μὲν οὖν.
48e
richer than he is.
Protarchus:
Certainly a good many are affected in that way.
Socrates:
And there are still more who think they are taller and handsomer than they are and that they possess better physical qualities in general than is the case.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
49a
Σωκράτης:
τῶν ἀρετῶν δ' ἆρ' οὐ σοφίας πέρι τὸ πλῆθος πάντως ἀντεχόμενον μεστὸν ἐρίδων καὶ δοξοσοφίας ἐστὶ ψευδοῦς;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
κακὸν μὲν δὴ πᾶν ἄν τις τὸ τοιοῦτον εἰπὼν ὀρθῶς ἂν εἴποι πάθος.
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα γε.
Σωκράτης:
τοῦτο τοίνυν ἔτι διαιρετέον, ὦ Πρώταρχε, δίχα, εἰ μέλλομεν τὸν παιδικὸν ἰδόντες φθόνον ἄτοπον ἡδονῆς καὶ λύπης ὄψεσθαι μεῖξιν. πῶς οὖν τέμνομεν δίχα, λέγεις;
49a
Socrates:
But by far the greatest number, I fancy, err in the third way, about the qualities of, the soul, thinking that they excel in virtue when they do not.
Protarchus:
Yes, most decidedly.
Socrates:
And of all the virtues, is not wisdom the one to which people in general lay claim, thereby filling themselves with strife and false conceit of wisdom?
Protarchus:
Yes, to be sure.
Socrates:
And we should surely be right in calling all that an evil condition.
Protarchus:
Very much so.
Socrates:
Then this must further be divided into two parts, if we are to gain insight into childish envy with its absurd mixture of pleasure and pain. “How shall we divide it,” do you say? All who have this false and foolish conceit
49b
πάντες ὁπόσοι ταύτην τὴν ψευδῆ δόξαν περὶ ἑαυτῶν ἀνοήτως δοξάζουσι, καθάπερ ἁπάντων ἀνθρώπων, καὶ τούτων ἀναγκαιότατον ἕπεσθαι τοῖς μὲν ῥώμην αὐτῶν καὶ δύναμιν, τοῖς δὲ οἶμαι τοὐναντίον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀνάγκη.
Σωκράτης:
ταύτῃ τοίνυν δίελε, καὶ ὅσοι μὲν αὐτῶν εἰσι μετ' ἀσθενείας τοιοῦτοι καὶ ἀδύνατοι καταγελώμενοι τιμωρεῖσθαι, γελοίους τούτους φάσκων εἶναι τἀληθῆ φθέγξῃ: τοὺς δὲ δυνατοὺς τιμωρεῖσθαι καὶ ἰσχυροὺς φοβεροὺς καὶ ἐχθροὺς
49b
of themselves fall, like the rest of mankind, into two classes: some necessarily have strength and power, others, as I believe, the reverse.
Protarchus:
Yes, necessarily.
Socrates:
Make the division, then, on that principle; those of them who have this false conceit and are weak and unable to revenge themselves when they are laughed at you may truly call ridiculous, but those who are strong and able to revenge themselves you will define most correctly to yourself
49c
προσαγορεύων ὀρθότατον τούτων σαυτῷ λόγον ἀποδώσεις. ἄγνοια γὰρ ἡ μὲν τῶν ἰσχυρῶν ἐχθρά τε καὶ αἰσχρά— βλαβερὰ γὰρ καὶ τοῖς πέλας αὐτή τε καὶ ὅσαι εἰκόνες αὐτῆς εἰσιν—ἡ δ' ἀσθενὴς ἡμῖν τὴν τῶν γελοίων εἴληχε τάξιν τε καὶ φύσιν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα λέγεις. ἀλλὰ γὰρ ἡ τῶν ἡδονῶν καὶ λυπῶν μεῖξις ἐν τούτοις οὔπω μοι καταφανής.
Σωκράτης:
τὴν τοίνυν τοῦ φθόνου λαβὲ δύναμιν πρῶτον.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε μόνον.
49c
by calling them powerful, terrible, and hateful, for ignorance in the powerful is hateful and infamous—since whether real or feigned it injures their neighbors—but ignorance in the weak appears to us as naturally ridiculous.
Protarchus:
Quite right. But the mixture of pleasure and pain in all this is not yet clear to me.
Socrates:
First, then, take up the nature of envy.
Protarchus:
Go on.
49d
Σωκράτης:
λύπη τις ἄδικός ἐστί που καὶ ἡδονή;
Πρώταρχος:
τοῦτο μὲν ἀνάγκη.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς τῶν ἐχθρῶν κακοῖς οὔτ' ἄδικον οὔτε φθονερόν ἐστι τὸ χαίρειν;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
τὰ δέ γε τῶν φίλων ὁρῶντας ἔστιν ὅτε κακὰ μὴ λυπεῖσθαι, χαίρειν δέ, ἆρα οὐκ ἄδικόν ἐστιν;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὴν ἄγνοιαν εἴπομεν ὅτι κακὸν πᾶσιν;
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς.
Σωκράτης:
τὴν οὖν τῶν φίλων δοξοσοφίαν καὶ δοξοκαλίαν καὶ
49d
Socrates:
Is envy a kind of unrighteous pain and also a pleasure?
Protarchus:
Undoubtedly.
Socrates:
But it is neither wrong nor envious to rejoice in the misfortunes of our enemies, is it?
Protarchus:
No, of course not.
Socrates:
But when people sometimes see the misfortunes of their friends and rejoice instead of grieving, is not that wrong?
Protarchus:
Of course it is.
Socrates:
And we said that ignorance was an evil to every one, did we not?
Protarchus:
True.
Socrates:
Then the false conceits of our friends concerning their wisdom, their beauty,
49e
ὅσα νυνδὴ διήλθομεν, ἐν τρισὶν λέγοντες εἴδεσιν γίγνεσθαι, γελοῖα μὲν ὁπόσα ἀσθενῆ, μισητὰ δ' ὁπόσα ἐρρωμένα, <φῶμεν> ἢ μὴ φῶμεν ὅπερ εἶπον ἄρτι, τὴν τῶν φίλων ἕξιν ταύτην ὅταν ἔχῃ τις τὴν ἀβλαβῆ τοῖς ἄλλοις, γελοίαν εἶναι;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
κακὸν δ' οὐχ ὁμολογοῦμεν αὐτὴν ἄγνοιάν γε οὖσαν εἶναι;
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα γε.
Σωκράτης:
χαίρομεν δὲ ἢ λυπούμεθα, ὅταν ἐπ' αὐτῇ γελῶμεν;
49e
and their other qualities which we mentioned just now, saying that they belong to three classes, are ridiculous when they are weak, but hateful when they are powerful. Shall we, or shall we not, affirm that, as I said just now, this state of mind when possessed in its harmless form by any of our friends, is ridiculous in the eyes of others?
Protarchus:
Certainly it is ridiculous.
Socrates:
And do we not agree that ignorance is in itself a misfortune?
Protarchus:
Yes, a great one.
Socrates:
And do we feel pleasure or pain when we laugh at it?
50a
Πρώταρχος:
δῆλον ὅτι χαίρομεν.
Σωκράτης:
ἡδονὴν δὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς τῶν φίλων κακοῖς, οὐ φθόνον ἔφαμεν εἶναι τὸν τοῦτ' ἀπεργαζόμενον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀνάγκη.
Σωκράτης:
γελῶντας ἄρα ἡμᾶς ἐπὶ τοῖς τῶν φίλων γελοίοις φησὶν ὁ λόγος, κεραννύντας ἡδονὴν αὖ φθόνῳ, λύπῃ τὴν ἡδονὴν συγκεραννύναι: τὸν γὰρ φθόνον ὡμολογῆσθαι λύπην ψυχῆς ἡμῖν πάλαι, τὸ δὲ γελᾶν ἡδονήν, ἅμα γίγνεσθαι δὲ τούτω ἐν τούτοις τοῖς χρόνοις.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθῆ.
50a
Protarchus:
Pleasure, evidently.
Socrates:
Did we not say that pleasure in the misfortunes of friends was caused by envy?
Protarchus:
There can be no other cause.
Socrates:
Then our argument declares that when we laugh at the ridiculous qualities of our friends, we mix pleasure with pain, since we mix it with envy; for we have agreed all along that envy is a pain of the soul, and that laughter is a pleasure, yet these two are present at the same time on such occasions.
Protarchus:
True.
50b
Σωκράτης:
μηνύει δὴ νῦν ὁ λόγος ἡμῖν ἐν θρήνοις τε καὶ ἐν τραγῳδίαις <καὶ κωμῳδίαισ>, μὴ τοῖς δράμασι μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ τῇ τοῦ βίου συμπάσῃ τραγῳδίᾳ καὶ κωμῳδίᾳ, λύπας ἡδοναῖς ἅμα κεράννυσθαι, καὶ ἐν ἄλλοις δὴ μυρίοις.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀδύνατον μὴ ὁμολογεῖν ταῦτα, ὦ Σώκρατες, εἰ καί τις φιλονικοῖ πάνυ πρὸς τἀναντία.
Σωκράτης:
ὀργὴν μὴν καὶ πόθον καὶ θρῆνον καὶ φόβον καὶ
50b
Socrates:
So now our argument shows that in mournings and tragedies and comedies, not merely on the stage, but in all the tragedy and comedy of life, and in countless other ways, pain is mixed with pleasure.
Protarchus:
It is impossible not to agree with that, Socrates, even though one be most eager to maintain the opposite opinion.
Socrates:
Again we mentioned anger, yearning, mourning, love, jealousy, envy, and the like,
50c
ἔρωτα καὶ ζῆλον καὶ φθόνον προυθέμεθα καὶ ὁπόσα τοιαῦτα, ἐν οἷς ἔφαμεν εὑρήσειν μειγνύμενα τὰ νῦν πολλάκις λεγόμενα. ἦ γάρ;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
μανθάνομεν οὖν ὅτι θρήνου πέρι καὶ φθόνου καὶ ὀργῆς πάντα ἐστὶ τὰ νυνδὴ διαπερανθέντα;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὐ μανθάνομεν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν πολλὰ ἔτι τὰ λοιπά;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
διὰ δὴ τί μάλισθ' ὑπολαμβάνεις με δεῖξαί σοι τὴν ἐν τῇ κωμῳδίᾳ μεῖξιν; ἆρ' οὐ πίστεως χάριν, ὅτι τήν γε ἐν
50c
as conditions in which we should find a mixture of the two elements we have now often named, did we not?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
And we understand that all the details I have been describing just now are concerned only with sorrow and envy and anger?
Protarchus:
Of course we understand that.
Socrates:
Then there are still many others of those conditions left for us to discuss.
Protarchus:
Yes, very many.
Socrates:
Now why do you particularly suppose I pointed out to you the mixture of pain and pleasure in comedy? Was it not for the sake of convincing you,
50d
τοῖς φόβοις καὶ ἔρωσι καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ῥᾴδιον κρᾶσιν ἐπιδεῖξαι: λαβόντα δὲ τοῦτο παρὰ σαυτῷ ἀφεῖναί με μηκέτι ἐπ' ἐκεῖνα ἰόντα δεῖν μηκύνειν τοὺς λόγους, ἀλλ' ἁπλῶς λαβεῖν τοῦτο, ὅτι καὶ σῶμα ἄνευ ψυχῆς καὶ ψυχὴ ἄνευ σώματος καὶ κοινῇ μετ' ἀλλήλων ἐν τοῖς παθήμασι μεστά ἐστι συγκεκραμένης ἡδονῆς λύπαις; νῦν οὖν λέγε πότερα ἀφίης με ἢ μέσας ποιήσεις νύκτας; εἰπὼν δὲ σμικρὰ οἶμαί σου τεύξεσθαι μεθεῖναί με: τούτων γὰρ ἁπάντων αὔριον
50d
because it is easy to show the mixture in love and fear and the rest, and because I thought that when you had made this example your own, you would relieve me from the necessity of discussing those other conditions in detail, and would simply accept the fact that in the affections of the body apart from the soul, of the soul apart from the body, and of the two in common, there are plentiful mixtures of pain and pleasure? So tell me; will you let me off, or will you keep on till midnight? But I think I need say only a few words to induce you to let me off. I will agree to give you an account of all these matters
50e
ἐθελήσω σοι λόγον δοῦναι, τὰ νῦν δὲ ἐπὶ τὰ λοιπὰ βούλομαι στέλλεσθαι πρὸς τὴν κρίσιν ἣν Φίληβος ἐπιτάττει.
Πρώταρχος:
καλῶς εἶπες, ὦ Σώκρατες: ἀλλ' ὅσα λοιπὰ ἡμῖν διέξελθε ὅπῃ σοι φίλον.
Σωκράτης:
κατὰ φύσιν τοίνυν μετὰ τὰς μειχθείσας ἡδονὰς ὑπὸ δή τινος ἀνάγκης ἐπὶ τὰς ἀμείκτους πορευοίμεθ' ἂν ἐν τῷ μέρει.
50e
tomorrow, but now I wish to steer my bark towards the remaining points that are needful for the judgement which Philebus demands.
Protarchus:
Good, Socrates; just finish what remains in any way you please.
Socrates:
Then after the mixed pleasures we should naturally and almost of necessity proceed in turn to the unmixed.
51a
Πρώταρχος:
κάλλιστ' εἶπες.
Σωκράτης:
ἐγὼ δὴ πειράσομαι μεταβαλὼν σημαίνειν ἡμῖν αὐτάς. τοῖς γὰρ φάσκουσι λυπῶν εἶναι παῦλαν πάσας τὰς ἡδονὰς οὐ πάνυ πως πείθομαι, ἀλλ' ὅπερ εἶπον, μάρτυσι καταχρῶμαι πρὸς τὸ τινὰς ἡδονὰς εἶναι δοκούσας, οὔσας δ' οὐδαμῶς, καὶ μεγάλας ἑτέρας τινὰς ἅμα καὶ πολλὰς φαντασθείσας, εἶναι δ' αὐτὰς συμπεφυρμένας ὁμοῦ λύπαις τε καὶ ἀναπαύσεσιν ὀδυνῶν τῶν μεγίστων περί τε σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς ἀπορίας.
51a
Protarchus:
Very good.
Socrates:
So I will turn to them and try to explain them; for I do not in the least agree with those who say that all pleasures are merely surcease from pain, but, as I said, I use them as witnesses to prove that some pleasures are apparent, but not in any way real, and that there are others which appear to be both great and numerous, but are really mixed up with pains and with cessations of the greatest pains and distresses of body and soul.
51b
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθεῖς δ' αὖ τίνας, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὑπολαμβάνων ὀρθῶς τις διανοοῖτ' ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
τὰς περί τε τὰ καλὰ λεγόμενα χρώματα καὶ περὶ τὰ σχήματα καὶ τῶν ὀσμῶν τὰς πλείστας καὶ τὰς τῶν φθόγγων καὶ ὅσα τὰς ἐνδείας ἀναισθήτους ἔχοντα καὶ ἀλύπους τὰς πληρώσεις αἰσθητὰς καὶ ἡδείας [καθαρὰς λυπῶν] παραδίδωσιν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δὴ ταῦτα, ὦ Σώκρατες, αὖ λέγομεν οὕτω;
Σωκράτης:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν οὐκ εὐθὺς δῆλά ἐστιν ἃ λέγω, πειρατέον
51b
Protarchus:
But what pleasures, Socrates, may rightly be considered true?
Socrates:
Those arising from what are called beautiful colors, or from forms, most of those that arise from odors and sounds, in short all those the want of which is unfelt and painless, whereas the satisfaction furnished by them is felt by the senses, pleasant, and unmixed with pain.
Protarchus:
Once more, Socrates, what do you mean by this?
Socrates:
My meaning is certainly not clear at the first glance,
51c
μὴν δηλοῦν. σχημάτων τε γὰρ κάλλος οὐχ ὅπερ ἂν ὑπολάβοιεν οἱ πολλοὶ πειρῶμαι νῦν λέγειν, ἢ ζῴων ἤ τινων ζωγραφημάτων, ἀλλ' εὐθύ τι λέγω, φησὶν ὁ λόγος, καὶ περιφερὲς καὶ ἀπὸ τούτων δὴ τά τε τοῖς τόρνοις γιγνόμενα ἐπίπεδά τε καὶ στερεὰ καὶ τὰ τοῖς κανόσι καὶ γωνίαις, εἴ μου μανθάνεις. ταῦτα γὰρ οὐκ εἶναι πρός τι καλὰ λέγω, καθάπερ ἄλλα, ἀλλ' ἀεὶ καλὰ καθ' αὑτὰ πεφυκέναι καί τινας
51c
and I must try to make it so. For when I say beauty of form, I am trying to express, not what most people would understand by the words, such as the beauty of animals or of paintings, but I mean, says the argument, the straight line and the circle and the plane and solid figures formed from these by turning-lathes and rulers and patterns of angles; perhaps you understand. For I assert that the beauty of these is not relative, like that of other things, but they are always absolutely beautiful by nature
51d
ἡδονὰς οἰκείας ἔχειν, οὐδὲν ταῖς τῶν κνήσεων προσφερεῖς: καὶ χρώματα δὴ τοῦτον τὸν τύπον ἔχοντα [καλὰ καὶ ἡδονάσ] ἀλλ' ἆρα μανθάνομεν, ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
πειρῶμαι μέν, ὦ Σώκρατες: πειράθητι δὲ καὶ σὺ σαφέστερον ἔτι λέγειν.
Σωκράτης:
λέγω δὴ ἠχὰς τῶν φθόγγων τὰς λείας καὶ λαμπράς, τὰς ἕν τι καθαρὸν ἱείσας μέλος, οὐ πρὸς ἕτερον καλὰς ἀλλ' αὐτὰς καθ' αὑτὰς εἶναι, καὶ τούτων συμφύτους ἡδονὰς ἑπομένας.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστι γὰρ οὖν καὶ τοῦτο.
51d
and have peculiar pleasures in no way subject to comparison with the pleasures of scratching; and there are colors which possess beauty and pleasures of this character. Do you understand?
Protarchus:
I am trying to do so, Socrates; and I hope you also will try to make your meaning still clearer.
Socrates:
I mean that those sounds which are smooth and clear and send forth a single pure note are beautiful, not relatively, but absolutely, and that there are pleasures which pertain to these by nature and result from them.
Protarchus:
Yes, that also is true.
51e
Σωκράτης:
τὸ δὲ περὶ τὰς ὀσμὰς ἧττον μὲν τούτων θεῖον γένος ἡδονῶν: τὸ δὲ μὴ συμμεμεῖχθαι ἐν αὐταῖς ἀναγκαίους λύπας, καὶ ὅπῃ τοῦτο καὶ ἐν ὅτῳ τυγχάνει γεγονὸς ἡμῖν, τοῦτ' ἐκείνοις τίθημι ἀντίστροφον ἅπαν. ἀλλ', εἰ κατανοεῖς, ταῦτα εἴδη δύο <ὧν> λέγομεν ἡδονῶν.
Πρώταρχος:
κατανοῶ.
Σωκράτης:
ἔτι δὴ τοίνυν τούτοις προσθῶμεν τὰς περὶ τὰ
51e
Socrates:
The pleasures of smell are a less divine class; but they have no necessary pains mixed with them, and wherever and in whatever we find this freedom from pain, I regard it always as a mark of similarity to those other pleasures. These, then, are two classes of the pleasures of which I am speaking. Do you understand me?
Protarchus:
I understand.
52a
μαθήματα ἡδονάς, εἰ ἄρα δοκοῦσιν ἡμῖν αὗται πείνας μὲν μὴ ἔχειν τοῦ μανθάνειν μηδὲ διὰ μαθημάτων πείνην ἀλγηδόνας ἐξ ἀρχῆς γιγνομένας.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' οὕτω συνδοκεῖ.
Σωκράτης:
τί δέ; μαθημάτων πληρωθεῖσιν ἐὰν ὕστερον ἀποβολαὶ διὰ τῆς λήθης γίγνωνται, καθορᾷς τινας ἐν αὐταῖς ἀλγηδόνας;
Πρώταρχος:
οὔ τι φύσει γε, ἀλλ' ἔν τισι λογισμοῖς τοῦ
52a
Socrates:
And further let us add to these the pleasures of knowledge, if they appear to us not to have hunger for knowledge or pangs of such hunger as their source.
Protarchus:
I agree to that.
Socrates:
Well, if men are full of knowledge and then lose it through forgetfulness, do you see any pains in the losses?
Protarchus:
Not by their inherent nature, but sometimes there is pain in reflecting on the event,
52b
παθήματος, ὅταν τις στερηθεὶς λυπηθῇ διὰ τὴν χρείαν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μήν, ὦ μακάριε, νῦν γε ἡμεῖς αὐτὰ τὰ τῆς φύσεως μόνον παθήματα χωρὶς τοῦ λογισμοῦ διαπεραίνομεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθῆ τοίνυν λέγεις ὅτι χωρὶς λύπης ἡμῖν λήθη γίγνεται ἑκάστοτε ἐν τοῖς μαθήμασιν.
Σωκράτης:
ταύτας τοίνυν τὰς τῶν μαθημάτων ἡδονὰς ἀμείκτους τε εἶναι λύπαις ῥητέον καὶ οὐδαμῶς τῶν πολλῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀλλὰ τῶν σφόδρα ὀλίγων.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὐ ῥητέον;
52b
when a man who has lost knowledge is pained by the lack of it.
Socrates:
True, my dear fellow, but just at present we are recounting natural feelings only, not reflection.
Protarchus:
Then you are right in saying that we feel no pain in the loss of knowledge.
Socrates:
Then we may say that these pleasures of knowledge are unmixed with pain and are felt not by the many but only by very few.
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
52c
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ὅτε μετρίως ἤδη διακεκρίμεθα χωρὶς τάς τε καθαρὰς ἡδονὰς καὶ τὰς σχεδὸν ἀκαθάρτους ὀρθῶς ἂν λεχθείσας, προσθῶμεν τῷ λόγῳ ταῖς μὲν σφοδραῖς ἡδοναῖς ἀμετρίαν, ταῖς δὲ μὴ τοὐναντίον ἐμμετρίαν: καὶ <τὰσ> τὸ μέγα καὶ τὸ σφοδρὸν αὖ <δεχομένασ>, καὶ πολλάκις καὶ ὀλιγάκις γιγνομένας τοιαύτας, τῆς τοῦ ἀπείρου γε ἐκείνου καὶ ἧττον καὶ μᾶλλον διά τε σώματος καὶ ψυχῆς φερομένου
52c
Socrates:
And now that we have fairly well separated the pure pleasures and those which may be pretty correctly called impure, let us add the further statement that the intense pleasures are without measure and those of the opposite sort have measure; those which admit of greatness and intensity and are often or seldom great or intense we shall assign to the class of the infinite, which circulates more or less freely through the body and soul alike,
52d
[προσ]θῶμεν αὐτὰς εἶναι γένους, τὰς δὲ μὴ τῶν ἐμμέτρων.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα λέγεις, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
ἔτι τοίνυν πρὸς τούτοις μετὰ ταῦτα τόδε αὐτῶν διαθεατέον.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
τί ποτε χρὴ φάναι πρὸς ἀλήθειαν εἶναι; τὸ καθαρόν τε καὶ εἰλικρινὲς ἢ τὸ σφόδρα τε καὶ τὸ πολὺ καὶ τὸ μέγα καὶ τὸ ἰταμόν;
Πρώταρχος:
τί ποτ' ἄρα, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἐρωτᾷς βουλόμενος;
Σωκράτης:
μηδέν, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἐπιλείπειν ἐλέγχων ἡδονῆς
52d
and the others we shall assign to the class of the limited.
Protarchus:
Quite right, Socrates.
Socrates:
There is still another question about them to be considered.
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
What kind of thing is most closely related to truth? The pure and unadulterated, or the violent, the widespread, the great, and the sufficient?
Protarchus:
What is your object, Socrates, in asking that question?
Socrates:
My object, Protarchus, is to leave no gap in my test of pleasure
52e
τε καὶ ἐπιστήμης, εἰ τὸ μὲν ἄρ' αὐτῶν ἑκατέρου καθαρόν ἐστι, τὸ δ' οὐ καθαρόν, ἵνα καθαρὸν ἑκάτερον ἰὸν εἰς τὴν κρίσιν ἐμοὶ καὶ σοὶ καὶ συνάπασι τοῖσδε ῥᾴω παρέχῃ τὴν κρίσιν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα.
Σωκράτης:
ἴθι δή, περὶ πάντων, ὅσα καθαρὰ γένη λέγομεν, οὑτωσὶ διανοηθῶμεν: προελόμενοι πρῶτον αὐτῶν ἕν τι σκοπῶμεν.
52e
and knowledge, if some part of each of them is pure and some part impure, in order that each of them may offer itself for judgement in a condition of purity, and thus make the judgement easier for you and me and all our audience.
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
Very well, let us adopt that point of view towards all the classes which we call pure. First let us select one of them and examine it.
53a
Πρώταρχος:
τί οὖν προελώμεθα;
Σωκράτης:
τὸ λευκὸν ἐν τοῖς πρῶτον, εἰ βούλει, θεασώμεθα γένος.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
πῶς οὖν ἂν λευκοῦ καὶ τίς καθαρότης ἡμῖν εἴη; πότερα τὸ μέγιστόν τε καὶ πλεῖστον ἢ τὸ ἀκρατέστατον, ἐν ᾧ χρώματος μηδεμία μοῖρα ἄλλη μηδενὸς ἐνείη;
Πρώταρχος:
δῆλον ὅτι τὸ μάλιστ' εἰλικρινὲς ὄν.
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς. ἆρ' οὖν οὐ τοῦτο ἀληθέστατον, ὦ Πρώταρχε,
53a
Protarchus:
Which shall we select?
Socrates:
Let us first, if agreeable to you, consider whiteness.
Protarchus:
By all means.
Socrates:
How can we have purity in whiteness, and what purity? Is it the greatest and most widespread, or the most unmixed, that in which there is no trace of any other color?
Protarchus:
Clearly it is the most unadulterated.
Socrates:
Right. Shall we not, then, Protarchus, declare that this, and not the most numerous or the greatest,
53b
καὶ ἅμα δὴ κάλλιστον τῶν λευκῶν πάντων θήσομεν, ἀλλ' οὐ τὸ πλεῖστον οὐδὲ τὸ μέγιστον;
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατά γε.
Σωκράτης:
σμικρὸν ἄρα καθαρὸν λευκὸν μεμειγμένου πολλοῦ λευκοῦ λευκότερον ἅμα καὶ κάλλιον καὶ ἀληθέστερον ἐὰν φῶμεν γίγνεσθαι, παντάπασιν ἐροῦμεν ὀρθῶς.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
τί οὖν; οὐ δήπου πολλῶν δεησόμεθα παραδειγμάτων τοιούτων ἐπὶ τὸν τῆς ἡδονῆς πέρι λόγον, ἀλλ' ἀρκεῖ νοεῖν ἡμῖν αὐτόθεν ὡς ἄρα καὶ σύμπασα ἡδονὴ σμικρὰ
53b
is both the truest and the most beautiful of all whitenesses?
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
Then we shall be perfectly right in saying that a little pure white is whiter and more beautiful and truer than a great deal of mixed white.
Protarchus:
Perfectly right.
Socrates:
Well then, we shall have no need of many such examples in our discussion of pleasure; we see well enough from this one that any pleasure,
53c
μεγάλης καὶ ὀλίγη πολλῆς, καθαρὰ λύπης, ἡδίων καὶ ἀληθεστέρα καὶ καλλίων γίγνοιτ' ἄν.
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα μὲν οὖν, καὶ τό γε παράδειγμα ἱκανόν.
Σωκράτης:
τί δὲ τὸ τοιόνδε; ἆρα περὶ ἡδονῆς οὐκ ἀκηκόαμεν ὡς ἀεὶ γένεσίς ἐστιν, οὐσία δὲ οὐκ ἔστι τὸ παράπαν ἡδονῆς; κομψοὶ γὰρ δή τινες αὖ τοῦτον τὸν λόγον ἐπιχειροῦσι μηνύειν ἡμῖν, οἷς δεῖ χάριν ἔχειν.
Πρώταρχος:
τί δή;
Σωκράτης:
διαπερανοῦμαί σοι τοῦτ' αὐτὸ ἐπανερωτῶν, ὦ
53c
however small or infrequent, if uncontaminated with pain, is pleasanter and more beautiful than a great or often repeated pleasure without purity.
Protarchus:
Most certainly; and the example is sufficient.
Socrates:
Here is another point. Have we not often heard it said of pleasure that it is always a process or generation and that there is no state or existence of pleasure? There are some clever people who try to prove this theory to us, and we ought to be grateful to them.
Protarchus:
Well, what then?
Socrates:
I will explain this whole matter, Protarchus,
53d
Πρώταρχε φίλε.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε καὶ ἐρώτα μόνον.
Σωκράτης:
ἐστὸν δή τινε δύο, τὸ μὲν αὐτὸ καθ' αὑτό, τὸ δ' ἀεὶ ἐφιέμενον ἄλλου.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς τούτω καὶ τίνε λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
τὸ μὲν σεμνότατον ἀεὶ πεφυκός, τὸ δ' ἐλλιπὲς ἐκείνου.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγ' ἔτι σαφέστερον.
Σωκράτης:
παιδικά που καλὰ καὶ ἀγαθὰ τεθεωρήκαμεν ἅμα καὶ ἐραστὰς ἀνδρείους αὐτῶν.
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα γε.
Σωκράτης:
τούτοις τοίνυν ἐοικότα δυοῖν οὖσι δύο ἄλλα ζήτει
53d
by asking questions.
Protarchus:
Go on; ask your questions.
Socrates:
There are two parts of existence, the one self-existent, the other always desiring something else.
Protarchus:
What do you mean? What are these two?
Socrates:
The one is by nature more imposing, the other inferior.
Protarchus:
Speak still more plainly.
Socrates:
We have seen beloved boys who are fair and good, and brave lovers of them.
Protarchus:
Yes, no doubt of it.
Socrates:
Try to find another pair like these
53e
κατὰ πάνθ' ὅσα λέγομεν εἶναι.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ τρίτον ἔτ' ἐρῶ; λέγε σαφέστερον, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὅτι λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
οὐδέν τι ποικίλον, ὦ Πρώταρχε: ἀλλ' ὁ λόγος ἐρεσχηλεῖ νῷν, λέγει δ' ὅτι τὸ μὲν ἕνεκά του τῶν ὄντων ἔστ' ἀεί, τὸ δ' οὗ χάριν ἑκάστοτε τὸ τινὸς ἕνεκα γιγνόμενον ἀεὶ γίγνεται.
Πρώταρχος:
μόγις ἔμαθον διὰ τὸ πολλάκις λεχθῆναι.
Σωκράτης:
τάχα δ' ἴσως, ὦ παῖ, μᾶλλον μαθησόμεθα προελθόντος
53e
in all the relations we are speaking of.
Protarchus:
Must I say it a third time? Please tell your meaning more plainly, Socrates.
Socrates:
It is no riddle, Protarchus; the talk is merely jesting with us and means that one part of existences always exists for the sake of something, and the other part is that for the sake of which the former is always coming into being.
Protarchus:
I can hardly understand after all your repetition.
Socrates:
Perhaps, my boy, you will understand better
54a
τοῦ λόγου.
Πρώταρχος:
τί γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
δύο δὴ τάδε ἕτερα λάβωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ποῖα;
Σωκράτης:
ἓν μέν τι γένεσιν πάντων, τὴν δὲ οὐσίαν ἕτερον ἕν.
Πρώταρχος:
δύο ἀποδέχομαί σου ταῦτα, οὐσίαν καὶ γένεσιν.
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθότατα. πότερον οὖν τούτων ἕνεκα ποτέρου, τὴν γένεσιν οὐσίας ἕνεκα φῶμεν ἢ τὴν οὐσίαν εἶναι γενέσεως ἕνεκα;
Πρώταρχος:
τοῦτο ὃ προσαγορεύεται οὐσία εἰ γενέσεως ἕνεκα τοῦτ' ἔστιν ὅπερ ἐστί, νῦν πυνθάνῃ;
Σωκράτης:
φαίνομαι.
54a
as the discussion proceeds.
Protarchus:
I hope so.
Socrates:
Let us take another pair.
Protarchus:
What are they?
Socrates:
One is the generation of all things (the process of coming into being), the other is existence or being.
Protarchus:
I accept your two, generation and being.
Socrates:
Quite right. Now which of these shall we say is for the sake of the other, generation for the sake of being, or being for the sake of generation?
Protarchus:
You are now asking whether that which is called being is what it is for the sake of generation?
Socrates:
Yes, plainly.
54b
Πρώταρχος:
πρὸς θεῶν ἆρ' [ἂν] ἐπανερωτᾷς με τοιόνδε τι; λέγ', ὦ Πρώταρχε, μοί, πότερα πλοίων ναυπηγίαν ἕνεκα φῂς γίγνεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ πλοῖα ἕνεκα ναυπηγίας, καὶ πάνθ' ὁπόσα τοιαῦτ' ἐστίν;
Σωκράτης:
λέγω τοῦτ' αὐτό, ὦ Πρώταρχε.
Πρώταρχος:
τί οὖν οὐκ αὐτὸς ἀπεκρίνω σαυτῷ, ὦ Σώκρατες;
Σωκράτης:
οὐδὲν ὅτι οὔ: σὺ μέντοι τοῦ λόγου συμμέτεχε.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
54b
Protarchus:
For Heaven's sake, is this the kind of question you keep asking me, “Tell me, Protarchus, whether you think shipbuilding is for the sake of ships, or ships for the sake of shipbuilding,” and all that sort of thing?
Socrates:
Yes; that is just what I mean, Protarchus.
Protarchus:
Then why did you not answer it yourself, Socrates?
Socrates:
There is no reason why I should not; but I want you to take part in the discussion.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
I say that drugs and all sorts of instruments
54c
Σωκράτης:
φημὶ δὴ γενέσεως μὲν ἕνεκα φάρμακά τε καὶ πάντα ὄργανα καὶ πᾶσαν ὕλην παρατίθεσθαι πᾶσιν, ἑκάστην δὲ γένεσιν ἄλλην ἄλλης οὐσίας τινὸς ἑκάστης ἕνεκα γίγνεσθαι, σύμπασαν δὲ γένεσιν οὐσίας ἕνεκα γίγνεσθαι συμπάσης.
Πρώταρχος:
σαφέστατα μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἡδονή γε, εἴπερ γένεσίς ἐστιν, ἕνεκά τινος οὐσίας ἐξ ἀνάγκης γίγνοιτ' ἄν.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
τό γε μὴν οὗ ἕνεκα τὸ ἕνεκά του γιγνόμενον ἀεὶ γίγνοιτ' ἄν, ἐν τῇ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοίρᾳ ἐκεῖνό ἐστι: τὸ δὲ τινὸς ἕνεκα γιγνόμενον εἰς ἄλλην, ὦ ἄριστε, μοῖραν θετέον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀναγκαιότατον.
54c
and materials are always employed for the sake of production or generation, but that every instance of generation is for the sake of some being or other, and generation in general is for the sake of being in general.
Protarchus:
That is very clear.
Socrates:
Then pleasure, if it is a form of generation, would be generated for the sake of some form of being.
Protarchus:
Of course.
Socrates:
Now surely that for the sake of which anything is generated is in the class of the good, and that which is generated for the sake of something else, my friend, must be placed in another class.
54d
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν ἡδονή γε εἴπερ γένεσίς ἐστιν, εἰς ἄλλην ἢ τὴν τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοῖραν αὐτὴν τιθέντες ὀρθῶς θήσομεν;
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ὅπερ ἀρχόμενος εἶπον τούτου τοῦ λόγου, τῷ μηνύσαντι τῆς ἡδονῆς πέρι τὸ γένεσιν μέν, οὐσίαν δὲ μηδ' ἡντινοῦν αὐτῆς εἶναι, χάριν ἔχειν δεῖ: δῆλον γὰρ ὅτι οὗτος τῶν φασκόντων ἡδονὴν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι καταγελᾷ.
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα γε.
54d
Protarchus:
Most undeniably.
Socrates:
Then if pleasure is a form of generation, we shall be right in placing it in a class other than that of the good, shall we not?
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
Then, as I said when we began to discuss this point, we ought to be grateful to him who pointed out that there is only a generation, but no existence, of pleasure; for he is clearly making a laughing-stock of those who assert that pleasure is a good.
Protarchus:
Yes, most emphatically.
Socrates:
And he will also surely make a laughing-stock of all those
54e
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν αὑτὸς οὗτος ἑκάστοτε καὶ τῶν ἐν ταῖς γενέσεσιν ἀποτελουμένων καταγελάσεται.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δὴ καὶ ποίων λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
τῶν ὅσοι ἐξιώμενοι ἢ πείνην ἢ δίψαν ἤ τι τῶν τοιούτων, ὅσα γένεσις ἐξιᾶται, χαίρουσι διὰ τὴν γένεσιν ἅτε ἡδονῆς οὔσης αὐτῆς, καί φασι ζῆν οὐκ ἂν δέξασθαι μὴ διψῶντές τε καὶ πεινῶντες καὶ τἆλλα ἅ τις ἂν εἴποι πάντα τὰ ἑπόμενα τοῖς τοιούτοις παθήμασι μὴ πάσχοντες.
54e
who find their highest end in forms of generation.
Protarchus:
How is that, and to whom do you refer?
Socrates:
To those who, when cured of hunger or thirst or any of the troubles which are cured by generation are pleased because of the generation, as if it were pleasure, and say that they would not wish to live without thirst and hunger and the like, if they could not experience the feelings which follow after them.
55a
Πρώταρχος:
ἐοίκασι γοῦν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τῷ γίγνεσθαί γε τοὐναντίον ἅπαντες τὸ φθείρεσθαι φαῖμεν ἄν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀναγκαῖον.
Σωκράτης:
τὴν δὴ φθορὰν καὶ γένεσιν αἱροῖτ' ἄν τις τοῦθ' αἱρούμενος, ἀλλ' οὐ τὸν τρίτον ἐκεῖνον βίον, τὸν ἐν ᾧ μήτε χαίρειν μήτε λυπεῖσθαι, φρονεῖν δ' ἦν [δυνατὸν] ὡς οἷόν τε καθαρώτατα.
Πρώταρχος:
πολλή τις, ὡς ἔοικεν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀλογία συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι, ἐάν τις τὴν ἡδονὴν ὡς ἀγαθὸν ἡμῖν τιθῆται.
Σωκράτης:
πολλή, ἐπεὶ καὶ τῇδε ἔτι λέγωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
πῇ;
55a
Protarchus:
That seems to be their view.
Socrates:
We should all agree that the opposite of generation is destruction, should we not?
Protarchus:
Inevitably.
Socrates:
And he who chooses as they do would be choosing destruction and generation, not that third life in which there was neither pleasure nor pain, but only the purest possible thought.
Protarchus:
It is a great absurdity, as it appears, Socrates, to tell us that pleasure is a good.
Socrates:
Yes, a great absurdity, and let us go still further.
Protarchus:
How?
55b
Σωκράτης:
πῶς οὐκ ἄλογόν ἐστι μηδὲν ἀγαθὸν εἶναι μηδὲ καλὸν μήτε ἐν σώμασι μήτ' ἐν πολλοῖς ἄλλοις πλὴν ἐν ψυχῇ, καὶ ἐνταῦθα ἡδονὴν μόνον, ἀνδρείαν δὲ ἢ σωφροσύνην ἢ νοῦν ἤ τι τῶν ἄλλων ὅσα ἀγαθὰ εἴληχε ψυχή, μηδὲν τοιοῦτον εἶναι; πρὸς τούτοις δὲ ἔτι τὸν μὴ χαίροντα, ἀλγοῦντα δέ, ἀναγκάζεσθαι φάναι κακὸν εἶναι τότε ὅταν ἀλγῇ, κἂν ᾖ ἄριστος πάντων, καὶ τὸν χαίροντα αὖ, ὅσῳ μᾶλλον χαίρει,
55b
Socrates:
Is it not absurd to say that there is nothing good in the body or many other things, but only in the soul, and that in the soul the only good is pleasure, and that courage and self-restraint and understanding and all the other good things of the soul are nothing of the sort; and beyond all this to be obliged to say that he who is not feeling pleasure, and is feeling pain, is bad when he feels pain, though he be the best of men, and that he who feels pleasure is,
55c
τότε ὅταν χαίρῃ, τοσούτῳ διαφέρειν πρὸς ἀρετήν.
Πρώταρχος:
πάντ' ἐστὶ ταῦτα, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς δυνατὸν ἀλογώτατα.
Σωκράτης:
μὴ τοίνυν ἡδονῆς μὲν πάντως ἐξέτασιν πᾶσαν ἐπιχειρῶμεν ποιήσασθαι, νοῦ δὲ καὶ ἐπιστήμης οἷον φειδόμενοι σφόδρα φανῶμεν: γενναίως δέ, εἴ πῄ τι σαθρὸν ἔχει, πᾶν περικρούωμεν, ὡς ὅτι καθαρώτατόν ἐστ' αὐτῶν φύσει, τοῦτο κατιδόντες εἰς τὴν κρίσιν χρώμεθα τὴν κοινὴν τοῖς τε τούτων καὶ τοῖς τῆς ἡδονῆς μέρεσιν ἀληθεστάτοις.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς.
55c
when he feels pleasure, the more excellent in virtue the greater the pleasure he feels?
Protarchus:
All that, Socrates, is the height of absurdity.
Socrates:
Now let us not undertake to subject pleasure to every possible test and then be found to give mind and knowledge very gentle treatment. Let us rather strike them boldly everywhere to see if their metal rings unsound at any point; so we shall find out what is by nature purest in them, and then we can make use of the truest elements of these and of pleasure to form our judgement of both.
Protarchus:
Right.
55d
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἡμῖν τὸ μὲν οἶμαι δημιουργικόν ἐστι τῆς περὶ τὰ μαθήματα ἐπιστήμης, τὸ δὲ περὶ παιδείαν καὶ τροφήν. ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτως.
Σωκράτης:
ἐν δὴ ταῖς χειροτεχνικαῖς διανοηθῶμεν πρῶτα εἰ τὸ μὲν ἐπιστήμης αὐτῶν μᾶλλον ἐχόμενον, τὸ δ' ἧττον ἔνι, καὶ δεῖ τὰ μὲν ὡς καθαρώτατα νομίζειν, τὰ δ' ὡς ἀκαθαρτότερα.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκοῦν χρή.
Σωκράτης:
τὰς τοίνυν ἡγεμονικὰς διαληπτέον ἑκάστων αὐτῶν χωρίς;
Πρώταρχος:
ποίας καὶ πῶς;
55d
Socrates:
Well, then, one part of knowledge is productive, the other has to do with education and support. Is that true?
Protarchus:
It is.
Socrates:
Let us first consider whether in the manual arts one part is more allied to knowledge, and the other less, and the one should be regarded as purest, the other as less pure.
Protarchus:
Yes, we ought to consider that.
Socrates:
And should the ruling elements of each of them be separated and distinguished from the rest?
Protarchus:
What are they, and how can they be separated?
55e
Σωκράτης:
οἷον πασῶν που τεχνῶν ἄν τις ἀριθμητικὴν χωρίζῃ καὶ μετρητικὴν καὶ στατικήν, ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν φαῦλον τὸ καταλειπόμενον ἑκάστης ἂν γίγνοιτο.
Πρώταρχος:
φαῦλον μὲν δή.
Σωκράτης:
τὸ γοῦν μετὰ ταῦτ' εἰκάζειν λείποιτ' ἂν καὶ τὰς αἰσθήσεις καταμελετᾶν ἐμπειρίᾳ καί τινι τριβῇ, ταῖς τῆς στοχαστικῆς προσχρωμένους δυνάμεσιν ἃς πολλοὶ τέχνας
55e
Socrates:
For example, if arithmetic and the sciences of measurement and weighing were taken away from all arts, what was left of any of them would be, so to speak, pretty worthless.
Protarchus:
Yes, pretty worthless.
Socrates:
All that would be left for us would be to conjecture and to drill the perceptions by practice and experience, with the additional use of the powers of guessing,
56a
ἐπονομάζουσι, μελέτῃ καὶ πόνῳ τὴν ῥώμην ἀπειργασμένας.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀναγκαιότατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν μεστὴ μέν που μουσικὴ πρῶτον, τὸ σύμφωνον ἁρμόττουσα οὐ μέτρῳ ἀλλὰ μελέτης στοχασμῷ, καὶ σύμπασα αὐτῆς αὐλητική, τὸ μέτρον ἑκάστης χορδῆς τῷ στοχάζεσθαι φερομένης θηρεύουσα, ὥστε πολὺ μεμειγμένον ἔχειν τὸ μὴ σαφές, σμικρὸν δὲ τὸ βέβαιον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
56a
which are commonly called arts and acquire their efficacy by practice and toil.
Protarchus:
That is undeniable.
Socrates:
Take music first; it is full of this; it attains harmony by guesswork based on practice, not by measurement; and flute music throughout tries to find the pitch of each note as it is produced by guess, so that the amount of uncertainty mixed up in it is great, and the amount of certainty small.
Protarchus:
Very true.
56b
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν ἰατρικήν τε καὶ γεωργίαν καὶ κυβερνητικὴν καὶ στρατηγικὴν ὡσαύτως εὑρήσομεν ἐχούσας.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
τεκτονικὴν δέ γε οἶμαι πλείστοις μέτροις τε καὶ ὀργάνοις χρωμένην τὰ πολλὴν ἀκρίβειαν αὐτῇ πορίζοντα τεχνικωτέραν τῶν πολλῶν ἐπιστημῶν παρέχεται.
Πρώταρχος:
πῇ;
Σωκράτης:
κατά τε ναυπηγίαν καὶ κατ' οἰκοδομίαν καὶ ἐν πολλοῖς ἄλλοις τῆς ξυλουργικῆς. κανόνι γὰρ οἶμαι καὶ
56b
Socrates:
And we shall find that medicine and agriculture and piloting and generalship are all in the same case.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
But the art of building, I believe, employs the greatest number of measures and instruments which give it great accuracy and make it more scientific than most arts.
Protarchus:
In what way?
Socrates:
In shipbuilding and house-building, and many other branches of wood-working. For the artisan uses a rule, I imagine, a lathe, compasses, a chalk-line,
56c
τόρνῳ χρῆται καὶ διαβήτῃ καὶ στάθμῃ καί τινι προσαγωγίῳ κεκομψευμένῳ.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πάνυ γε, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὀρθῶς λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
θῶμεν τοίνυν διχῇ τὰς λεγομένας τέχνας, τὰς μὲν μουσικῇ συνεπομένας ἐν τοῖς ἔργοις ἐλάττονος ἀκριβείας μετισχούσας, τὰς δὲ τεκτονικῇ πλείονος.
Πρώταρχος:
κείσθω.
Σωκράτης:
τούτων δὲ ταύτας ἀκριβεστάτας εἶναι τέχνας, ἃς νυνδὴ πρώτας εἴπομεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀριθμητικὴν φαίνῃ μοι λέγειν καὶ ὅσας μετὰ ταύτης τέχνας ἐφθέγξω νυνδή.
56c
and an ingenious instrument called a vice.
Protarchus:
Certainly, Socrates; you are right.
Socrates:
Let us, then, divide the arts, as they are called, into two kinds, those which resemble music, and have less accuracy in their works, and those which, like building, are more exact.
Protarchus:
Agreed.
Socrates:
And of these the most exact are the arts which I just now mentioned first.
Protarchus:
I think you mean arithmetic and the other arts you mentioned with it just now.
56d
Σωκράτης:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν. ἀλλ', ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἆρ' οὐ διττὰς αὖ καὶ ταύτας λεκτέον; ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
ποίας δὴ λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
ἀριθμητικὴν πρῶτον ἆρ' οὐκ ἄλλην μέν τινα τὴν τῶν πολλῶν φατέον, ἄλλην δ' αὖ τὴν τῶν φιλοσοφούντων;
Πρώταρχος:
πῇ ποτε διορισάμενος οὖν ἄλλην, τὴν δὲ ἄλλην θείη τις ἂν ἀριθμητικήν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐ σμικρὸς ὅρος, ὦ Πρώταρχε. οἱ μὲν γάρ που μονάδας ἀνίσους καταριθμοῦνται τῶν περὶ ἀριθμόν, οἷον στρατόπεδα δύο καὶ βοῦς δύο καὶ δύο τὰ σμικρότατα ἢ καὶ
56d
Socrates:
Certainly. But, Protarchus, ought not these to be divided into two kinds? What do you say?
Protarchus:
What kinds?
Socrates:
Are there not two kinds of arithmetic, that of the people and that of philosophers?
Protarchus:
How can one kind of arithmetic be distinguished from the other?
Socrates:
The distinction is no small one, Protarchus. For some arithmeticians reckon unequal units,
56e
τὰ πάντων μέγιστα: οἱ δ' οὐκ ἄν ποτε αὐτοῖς συνακολουθήσειαν, εἰ μὴ μονάδα μονάδος ἑκάστης τῶν μυρίων μηδεμίαν ἄλλην ἄλλης διαφέρουσάν τις θήσει.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα εὖ λέγεις οὐ σμικρὰν διαφορὰν τῶν περὶ ἀριθμὸν τευταζόντων, ὥστε λόγον ἔχειν δύ' αὐτὰς εἶναι.
Σωκράτης:
τί δέ; λογιστικὴ καὶ μετρητικὴ <ἡ> κατὰ τεκτονικὴν καὶ κατ' ἐμπορικὴν τῆς κατὰ φιλοσοφίαν γεωμετρίας τε καὶ
56e
for instance, two armies and two oxen and two very small or incomparably large units; whereas others refuse to agree with them unless each of countless units is declared to differ not at all from each and every other unit.
Protarchus:
You are certainly quite right in saying that there is a great difference between the devotees of arithmetic, so it is reasonable to assume that it is of two kinds.
Socrates:
And how about the arts of reckoning and measuring as they are used in building and in trade when compared with philosophical geometry
57a
λογισμῶν καταμελετωμένων—πότερον ὡς μία ἑκατέρα λεκτέον ἢ δύο τιθῶμεν;
Πρώταρχος:
τῇ πρόσθεν ἑπόμενος ἔγωγ' ἂν δύο κατὰ τὴν ἐμὴν ψῆφον τιθείην ἑκατέραν τούτων.
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς. οὗ δ' ἕνεκα ταῦτα προηνεγκάμεθα εἰς τὸ μέσον, ἆρα ἐννοεῖς;
Πρώταρχος:
ἴσως, ἀλλὰ σὲ βουλοίμην ἂν ἀποφήνασθαι τὸ νῦν ἐρωτώμενον.
Σωκράτης:
δοκεῖ τοίνυν ἔμοιγε οὗτος ὁ λόγος, οὐχ ἧττον ἢ ὅτε λέγειν αὐτὸν ἠρχόμεθα, ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ζητῶν ἀντίστροφον ἐνταῦθα προβεβληκέναι σκοπῶν ἆρά ἐστί τις ἑτέρας
57a
and elaborate computations—shall we speak of each of these as one or as two?
Protarchus:
On the analogy of the previous example, I should say that each of them was two.
Socrates:
Right. But do you understand why I introduced this subject?
Protarchus:
Perhaps; but I wish you would give the answer to your question.
Socrates:
This discussion of ours is now, I think, no less than when we began it, seeking a counterpart of pleasure,
57b
ἄλλη καθαρωτέρα ἐπιστήμης ἐπιστήμη, καθάπερ ἡδονῆς ἡδονή.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα σαφὲς τοῦτό γε, ὅτι ταῦθ' ἕνεκα τούτων ἐπικεχείρηκεν.
Σωκράτης:
τί οὖν; ἆρ' οὐκ ἐν μὲν τοῖς ἔμπροσθεν ἐπ' ἄλλοις ἄλλην τέχνην οὖσαν ἀνηυρήκειν σαφεστέραν καὶ ἀσαφεστέραν ἄλλην ἄλλης;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἐν τούτοις δὲ ἆρ' οὔ τινα τέχνην ὡς ὁμώνυμον φθεγξάμενος, εἰς δόξαν καταστήσας ὡς μιᾶς, πάλιν ὡς
57b
and therefore it has introduced the present subject and is considering whether there is one kind of knowledge purer than another, as one pleasure is purer than another.
Protarchus:
That is very clear; it was evidently introduced with that object.
Socrates:
Well, had not the discussion already found in what preceded that the various arts had various purposes and various degrees of exactness?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And after having given an art a single name in what has preceded, thereby making us think that it was a single art,
57c
δυοῖν ἐπανερωτᾷ τούτοιν αὐτοῖν τὸ σαφὲς καὶ τὸ καθαρὸν περὶ ταῦτα πότερον ἡ τῶν φιλοσοφούντων ἢ μὴ φιλοσοφούντων ἀκριβέστερον ἔχει;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα δοκεῖ μοι τοῦτο διερωτᾶν.
Σωκράτης:
τίν' οὖν, ὦ Πρώταρχε, αὐτῷ δίδομεν ἀπόκρισιν;
Πρώταρχος:
ὦ Σώκρατες, εἰς θαυμαστὸν διαφορᾶς μέγεθος εἰς σαφήνειαν προεληλύθαμεν ἐπιστημῶν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ἀποκρινούμεθα ῥᾷον;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν; καὶ εἰρήσθω γε ὅτι πολὺ μὲν αὗται τῶν ἄλλων τεχνῶν διαφέρουσι, τούτων δ' αὐτῶν αἱ περὶ τὴν
57c
does not the discussion now assume that the same art is two and ask whether the art of the philosophers or that of the non-philosophers possesses the higher degree of clearness and purity?
Protarchus:
Yes, I think that is just the question it asks.
Socrates:
Then what reply shall we make, Protarchus?
Protarchus:
Socrates, we have found a marvelously great difference in the clearness of different kinds of knowledge.
Socrates:
That will make the reply easier, will it not?
Protarchus:
Yes, to be sure; and let our reply be this, that the arithmetical and metrical arts far surpass the others and that of these
57d
τῶν ὄντως φιλοσοφούντων ὁρμὴν ἀμήχανον ἀκριβείᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ περὶ μέτρα τε καὶ ἀριθμοὺς διαφέρουσιν.
Σωκράτης:
ἔστω ταῦτα κατὰ σέ, καὶ σοὶ δὴ πιστεύοντες θαρροῦντες ἀποκρινόμεθα τοῖς δεινοῖς περὶ λόγων ὁλκήν—
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὡς εἰσὶ δύο ἀριθμητικαὶ καὶ δύο μετρητικαὶ καὶ ταύταις ἄλλαι τοιαῦται συνεπόμεναι συχναί, τὴν διδυμότητα ἔχουσαι ταύτην, ὀνόματος δὲ ἑνὸς κεκοινωμέναι.
57d
the arts which are stirred by the impulse of the true philosophers are immeasurably superior in accuracy and truth about measures and numbers.
Socrates:
We accept that as our judgement, and relying upon you we make this confident reply to those who are clever in straining arguments—
Protarchus:
What reply?
Socrates:
That there are two arts of arithmetic and two of measuring, and many other arts which, like these, are twofold in this way, but possess a single name in common.
57e
Πρώταρχος:
διδῶμεν τύχῃ ἀγαθῇ τούτοις οὓς φῂς δεινοὺς εἶναι ταύτην τὴν ἀπόκρισιν, ὦ Σώκρατες.
Σωκράτης:
ταύτας οὖν λέγομεν ἐπιστήμας ἀκριβεῖς μάλιστ' εἶναι;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' ἡμᾶς, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἀναίνοιτ' ἂν ἡ τοῦ διαλέγεσθαι δύναμις, εἴ τινα πρὸ αὐτῆς ἄλλην κρίναιμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
τίνα δὲ ταύτην αὖ δεῖ λέγειν;
57e
Protarchus:
Let us give this answer, Socrates, to those who you say are clever; I hope we shall have luck with it.
Socrates:
These, then, we say, are the most exact arts or sciences?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
But the art of dialectic would spurn us, Protarchus, if we should judge that any other art is preferable to her.
58a
Σωκράτης:
δῆλον ὁτιὴ πᾶς ἂν τήν γε νῦν λεγομένην γνοίη: τὴν γὰρ περὶ τὸ ὂν καὶ τὸ ὄντως καὶ τὸ κατὰ ταὐτὸν ἀεὶ πεφυκὸς πάντως ἔγωγε οἶμαι ἡγεῖσθαι σύμπαντας ὅσοις νοῦ καὶ σμικρὸν προσήρτηται μακρῷ ἀληθεστάτην εἶναι γνῶσιν. σὺ δὲ τί; πῶς τοῦτο, ὦ Πρώταρχε, διακρίνοις ἄν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἤκουον μὲν ἔγωγε, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἑκάστοτε Γοργίου πολλάκις ὡς ἡ τοῦ πείθειν πολὺ διαφέροι πασῶν τεχνῶν
58a
Protarchus:
But what is the art to which this name belongs?
Socrates:
Clearly anybody can recognize the art I mean; for I am confident that all men who have any intellect whatsoever believe that the knowledge which has to do with being, reality, and eternal immutability is the truest kind of knowledge. What do you think, Protarchus?
Protarchus:
I have often heard Gorgias constantly maintain that the art of persuasion surpasses all others for this, he said, makes all things subject to itself,
58b
—πάντα γὰρ ὑφ' αὑτῇ δοῦλα δι' ἑκόντων ἀλλ' οὐ διὰ βίας ποιοῖτο, καὶ μακρῷ ἀρίστη πασῶν εἴη τῶν τεχνῶν—νῦν δ' οὔτε σοὶ οὔτε δὴ ἐκείνῳ βουλοίμην ἂν ἐναντία τίθεσθαι.
Σωκράτης:
“τὰ ὅπλα” μοι δοκεῖς βουληθεὶς εἰπεῖν αἰσχυνθεὶς ἀπολιπεῖν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστω νῦν ταῦτα ταύτῃ ὅπῃ σοι δοκεῖ.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν αἴτιος ἐγὼ τοῦ μὴ καλῶς ὑπολαβεῖν σε;
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκ, ὦ φίλε Πρώταρχε, τοῦτο ἔγωγε ἐζήτουν πω,
58b
not by force, but by their free will, and is by far the best of all arts; so now I hardly like to oppose either him or you.
Socrates:
It seems to me that you wanted to speak and threw down your arms out of modesty.
Protarchus:
Very well; have it as you like.
Socrates:
Is it my fault that you have misunderstood?
Protarchus:
Misunderstood what?
Socrates:
My question, dear Protarchus, was not as yet what art or science surpasses all others
58c
τίς τέχνη ἢ τίς ἐπιστήμη πασῶν διαφέρει τῷ μεγίστη καὶ ἀρίστη καὶ πλεῖστα ὠφελοῦσα ἡμᾶς, ἀλλὰ τίς ποτε τὸ σαφὲς καὶ τἀκριβὲς καὶ τὸ ἀληθέστατον ἐπισκοπεῖ, κἂν εἰ σμικρὰ καὶ σμικρὰ ὀνινᾶσα, τοῦτ' ἔστιν ὃ νῦν δὴ ζητοῦμεν. ἀλλ' ὅρα—οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀπεχθήσῃ Γοργίᾳ, τῇ μὲν ἐκείνου ὑπάρχειν τέχνῃ διδοὺς πρὸς χρείαν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις κρατεῖν, ᾗ δ' εἶπον ἐγὼ νῦν πραγματείᾳ, καθάπερ τοῦ λευκοῦ πέρι τότε ἔλεγον, κἂν εἰ σμικρόν, καθαρὸν δ' εἴη, τοῦ πολλοῦ
58c
by being the greatest and best and most useful to us: what I am trying to find out at present is which art, however little and of little use, has the greatest regard for clearness, exactness, and truth. See; you will not make Gorgias angry if you grant that his art is superior for the practical needs of men, but say that the study of which I spoke is superior in the matter of the most perfect truth, just as I said in speaking about the white that if it was small and pure it was superior to that which was great
58d
καὶ μὴ τοιούτου διαφέρειν, τούτῳ γ' αὐτῷ τῷ ἀληθεστάτῳ, καὶ νῦν δὴ σφόδρα διανοηθέντες καὶ ἱκανῶς διαλογισάμενοι, μήτ' εἴς τινας ὠφελίας ἐπιστημῶν βλέψαντες μήτε τινὰς εὐδοκιμίας, ἀλλ' εἴ τις πέφυκε τῆς ψυχῆς ἡμῶν δύναμις ἐρᾶν τε τοῦ ἀληθοῦς καὶ πάντα ἕνεκα τούτου πράττειν, ταύτην εἴπωμεν διεξερευνησάμενοι—τὸ καθαρὸν νοῦ τε καὶ φρονήσεως εἰ ταύτην μάλιστα ἐκ τῶν εἰκότων ἐκτῆσθαι φαῖμεν ἂν ἤ τινα ἑτέραν ταύτης κυριωτέραν ἡμῖν ζητητέον.
58d
but impure. Now, therefore, with careful thought and due consideration, paying attention neither to the usefulness nor to the reputation of any arts or sciences, but to that faculty of our souls, if such there be, which by its nature loves the truth and does all things for the sake of the truth, let us examine this faculty and say whether it is most likely to possess mind and intelligence in the greatest purity, or we must look for some other faculty
58e
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλὰ σκοπῶ, καὶ χαλεπὸν οἶμαι συγχωρῆσαί τινα ἄλλην ἐπιστήμην ἢ τέχνην τῆς ἀληθείας ἀντέχεσθαι μᾶλλον ἢ ταύτην.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν ἐννοήσας τὸ τοιόνδε εἴρηκας ὃ λέγεις νῦν, ὡς αἱ πολλαὶ τέχναι, καὶ ὅσοι περὶ ταῦτα πεπόνηνται,
58e
which has more valid claims.
Protarchus:
I am considering, and I think it is difficult to concede that any other science or art cleaves more closely to truth than this.
Socrates:
In saying that, did you bear in mind that the arts in general, and the men who devote themselves to them,
59a
πρῶτον μὲν δόξαις χρῶνται καὶ τὰ περὶ δόξαν ζητοῦσι συντεταμένως; εἴ τε καὶ περὶ φύσεως ἡγεῖταί τις ζητεῖν, οἶσθ' ὅτι τὰ περὶ τὸν κόσμον τόνδε, ὅπῃ τε γέγονεν καὶ ὅπῃ πάσχει τι καὶ ὅπῃ ποιεῖ, ταῦτα ζητεῖ διὰ βίου; φαῖμεν ἂν ταῦτα, ἢ πῶς;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτως.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν οὐ περὶ τὰ ὄντα ἀεί, περὶ δὲ τὰ γιγνόμενα καὶ γενησόμενα καὶ γεγονότα ἡμῶν ὁ τοιοῦτος ἀνῄρηται τὸν πόνον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
Σωκράτης:
τούτων οὖν τι σαφὲς ἂν φαῖμεν τῇ ἀκριβεστάτῃ
59a
make use of opinion and persistently investigate things which have to do with opinion? And even if they think they are studying nature, they are spending their lives in the study of the things of this world, the manner of their production, their action, and the forces to which they are subjected. Is not that true?
Protarchus:
Yes, it is.
Socrates:
Such thinkers, then, toil to discover, not eternal verities, but transient productions of the present, the future, or the past?
Protarchus:
Perfectly true.
Socrates:
And can we say that any of these things becomes certain, if tested by the touchstone of strictest truth,
59b
ἀληθείᾳ γίγνεσθαι, ὧν μήτε ἔσχε μηδὲν πώποτε κατὰ ταὐτὰ μήθ' ἕξει μήτε εἰς τὸ νῦν παρὸν ἔχει;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
περὶ οὖν τὰ μὴ κεκτημένα βεβαιότητα μηδ' ἡντινοῦν πῶς ἄν ποτε βέβαιον γίγνοιθ' ἡμῖν καὶ ὁτιοῦν;
Πρώταρχος:
οἶμαι μὲν οὐδαμῶς.
Σωκράτης:
οὐδ' ἄρα νοῦς οὐδέ τις ἐπιστήμη περὶ αὐτά ἐστιν τὸ ἀληθέστατον ἔχουσα.
Πρώταρχος:
οὔκουν εἰκός γε.
Σωκράτης:
τὸν μὲν δὴ σὲ καὶ ἐμὲ καὶ Γοργίαν καὶ Φίληβον χρὴ συχνὰ χαίρειν ἐᾶν, τόδε δὲ διαμαρτύρασθαι τῷ λόγῳ.
59b
since none of them ever was, will be, or is in the same state?
Protarchus:
Of course not.
Socrates:
How can we gain anything fixed whatsoever about things which have no fixedness whatsoever?
Protarchus:
In no way, as it seems to me.
Socrates:
Then no mind or science which is occupied with them possesses the most perfect truth.
Protarchus:
No, it naturally does not.
Socrates:
Then we must dismiss the thought of you and me and Gorgias and Philebus, and make this solemn declaration
59c
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὡς ἢ περὶ ἐκεῖνα ἔσθ' ἡμῖν τό τε βέβαιον καὶ τὸ καθαρὸν καὶ ἀληθὲς καὶ ὃ δὴ λέγομεν εἰλικρινές, περὶ τὰ ἀεὶ κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ὡσαύτως ἀμεικτότατα ἔχοντα, ἢ [δεύτεροσ] ἐκείνων ὅτι μάλιστά ἐστι συγγενές: τὰ δ' ἄλλα πάντα δεύτερά τε καὶ ὕστερα λεκτέον.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
τὰ δὴ τῶν ὀνομάτων περὶ τὰ τοιαῦτα κάλλιστα ἆρ' οὐ τοῖς καλλίστοις δικαιότατον ἀπονέμειν;
Πρώταρχος:
εἰκός γε.
59c
on the part of our argument.
Protarchus:
What is the solemn declaration?
Socrates:
That fixed and pure and true and what we call unalloyed knowledge has to do with the things which are eternally the same without change or mixture, or with that which is most akin to them; and all other things are to be regarded as secondary and inferior.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
And of the names applied to such matters, it would be fairest to give the finest names to the finest things, would it not?
Protarchus:
That is reasonable.
59d
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν νοῦς ἐστι καὶ φρόνησις ἅ γ' ἄν τις τιμήσειε μάλιστα ὀνόματα;
Πρώταρχος:
ναί.
Σωκράτης:
ταῦτ' ἄρα ἐν ταῖς περὶ τὸ ὂν ὄντως ἐννοίαις ἐστὶν ἀπηκριβωμένα ὀρθῶς κείμενα καλεῖσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν ἅ γε εἰς τὴν κρίσιν ἐγὼ τότε παρεσχόμην οὐκ ἄλλ' ἐστὶν ἢ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν, ὦ Σώκρατες;
Σωκράτης:
εἶεν. τὸ μὲν δὴ φρονήσεώς τε καὶ ἡδονῆς πέρι
59d
Socrates:
Are not mind, then, and wisdom the names which we should honor most?
Protarchus:
Yes.
Socrates:
Then these names are applied most accurately and correctly to cases of contemplation of true being.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And these are precisely the names which I brought forward in the first place as parties to our suit.
Protarchus:
Yes, of course they are, Socrates.
Socrates:
Very well. As to the mixture of wisdom and pleasure,
59e
πρὸς τὴν ἀλλήλων μεῖξιν εἴ τις φαίη καθαπερεὶ δημιουργοῖς ἡμῖν ἐξ ὧν ἢ ἐν οἷς δεῖ δημιουργεῖν τι παρακεῖσθαι, καλῶς ἂν τῷ λόγῳ ἀπεικάζοι.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ μάλα.
Σωκράτης:
τὸ δὴ μετὰ ταῦτα ἆρ' οὐ μειγνύναι ἐπιχειρητέον;
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τάδε προειποῦσι καὶ ἀναμνήσασιν ἡμᾶς αὐτοὺς ὀρθότερον ἂν ἔχοι;
Πρώταρχος:
τὰ ποῖα;
Σωκράτης:
ἃ καὶ πρότερον ἐμνήσθημεν: εὖ δ' ἡ παροιμία
59e
if anyone were to say that we are like artisans, with the materials before us from which to create our work, the simile would be a good one.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And is it, then, our next task to try to make the mixture?
Protarchus:
Surely.
Socrates:
Would it not be better first to repeat certain things and recall them to our minds?
Protarchus:
What things?
Socrates:
Those which we mentioned before. I think the proverb “we ought to repeat twice and even three times that which is good”
60a
δοκεῖ ἔχειν, τὸ καὶ δὶς καὶ τρὶς τό γε καλῶς ἔχον ἐπαναπολεῖν τῷ λόγῳ δεῖν.
Πρώταρχος:
τί μήν;
Σωκράτης:
φέρε δὴ πρὸς Διός: οἶμαι γὰρ οὑτωσί πως τὰ τότε λεχθέντα ῥηθῆναι.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
Φίληβός φησι τὴν ἡδονὴν σκοπὸν ὀρθὸν πᾶσι ζῴοις γεγονέναι καὶ δεῖν πάντας τούτου στοχάζεσθαι, καὶ δὴ καὶ τἀγαθὸν τοῦτ' αὐτὸ εἶναι σύμπασι, καὶ δύο ὀνόματα, ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἡδύ, ἑνί τινι καὶ φύσει μιᾷ τούτω ὀρθῶς
60a
is an excellent one.
Protarchus:
Surely.
Socrates:
Well then, in God's name; I think this is the gist of our discussion.
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
Philebus says that pleasure is the true goal of every living being and that all ought to aim at it, and that therefore this is also the good for all, and the two designations “good” and “pleasant” are properly and essentially one; Socrates, however, says that they are not one,
60b
τεθέντ' ἔχειν: Σωκράτης δ' ἓν μὲν οὔ φησι τοῦτ' εἶναι, δύο δὲ καθάπερ τὰ ὀνόματα, καὶ τό τε ἀγαθὸν καὶ ἡδὺ διάφορον ἀλλήλων φύσιν ἔχειν, μᾶλλον δὲ μέτοχον εἶναι τῆς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ μοίρας τὴν φρόνησιν ἢ τὴν ἡδονήν. οὐ ταῦτ' ἔστιν τε καὶ ἦν τὰ τότε λεγόμενα, ὦ Πρώταρχε;
Πρώταρχος:
σφόδρα μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν καὶ τόδε καὶ τότε καὶ νῦν ἡμῖν ἂν συνομολογοῖτο;
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
τὴν τἀγαθοῦ διαφέρειν φύσιν τῷδε τῶν ἄλλων.
60b
but two in fact as in name, that the good and the pleasant differ from one another in nature, and that wisdom's share in the good is greater than pleasure's. Is not and was not that what was said, Protarchus?
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
And furthermore, is not and was not this a point of agreement among us?
Protarchus:
What?
Socrates:
That the nature of the good differs from all else in this respect.
60c
Πρώταρχος:
τίνι;
Σωκράτης:
ὧι παρείη τοῦτ' ἀεὶ τῶν ζῴων διὰ τέλους πάντως καὶ πάντῃ, μηδενὸς ἑτέρου ποτὲ ἔτι προσδεῖσθαι, τὸ δὲ ἱκανὸν τελεώτατον ἔχειν. οὐχ οὕτως;
Πρώταρχος:
οὕτω μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τῷ λόγῳ ἐπειράθημεν χωρὶς ἑκάτερον ἑκατέρου θέντες εἰς τὸν βίον ἑκάστων, ἄμεικτον μὲν ἡδονὴν φρονήσει, φρόνησιν δὲ ὡσαύτως ἡδονῆς μηδὲ τὸ σμικρότατον ἔχουσαν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἦν ταῦτα.
Σωκράτης:
μῶν οὖν ἡμῖν αὐτῶν τότε πότερον ἱκανὸν ἔδοξεν
60c
Protarchus:
In what respect?
Socrates:
That whatever living being possesses the good always, altogether, and in all ways, has no further need of anything, but is perfectly sufficient. We agreed to that?
Protarchus:
We did.
Socrates:
And then we tried in thought to separate each from the other and apply them to individual lives, pleasure unmixed with wisdom and likewise wisdom which had not the slightest alloy of pleasure?
Protarchus:
Yes.
60d
εἶναί τῳ;
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ πῶς;
Σωκράτης:
εἰ δέ γε παρηνέχθημέν τι τότε, νῦν ὁστισοῦν ἐπαναλαβὼν ὀρθότερον εἰπάτω, μνήμην καὶ φρόνησιν καὶ ἐπιστήμην καὶ ἀληθῆ δόξαν τῆς αὐτῆς ἰδέας τιθέμενος καὶ σκοπῶν εἴ τις ἄνευ τούτων δέξαιτ' ἄν οἱ καὶ ὁτιοῦν εἶναι ἢ καὶ γίγνεσθαι, μὴ ὅτι δή γε ἡδονὴν εἴθ' ὡς πλείστην εἴθ' ὡς σφοδροτάτην, ἣν μήτε ἀληθῶς δοξάζοι χαίρειν μήτε τὸ παράπαν γιγνώσκοι τί ποτε πέπονθε πάθος μήτ' αὖ
60d
Socrates:
And did we think then that either of them would be sufficient for any one?
Protarchus:
By no means.
Socrates:
And if we made any mistake at that time, let any one now take up the question again. Assuming that memory, wisdom, knowledge, and true opinion belong to the same class, let him ask whether anyone would wish to have or acquire anything whatsoever without these not to speak of pleasure, be it never so abundant or intense, if he could have no true opinion that he is pleased, no knowledge whatsoever
60e
μνήμην τοῦ πάθους μηδ' ὁντινοῦν χρόνον ἔχοι. ταὐτὰ δὲ λεγέτω καὶ περὶ φρονήσεως, εἴ τις ἄνευ πάσης ἡδονῆς καὶ τῆς βραχυτάτης δέξαιτ' ἂν φρόνησιν ἔχειν μᾶλλον ἢ μετά τινων ἡδονῶν ἢ πάσας ἡδονὰς χωρὶς φρονήσεως μᾶλλον ἢ μετὰ φρονήσεως αὖ τινος.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκ ἔστιν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἀλλ' οὐδὲν δεῖ ταῦτά γε πολλάκις ἐπερωτᾶν.
60e
of what he has felt, and not even the slightest memory of the feeling. And let him ask in the same way about wisdom, whether anyone would wish to have wisdom without any, even the slightest, pleasure rather than with some pleasures, or all pleasures without wisdom rather than with some wisdom.
Protarchus:
That is impossible, Socrates; it is useless to ask the same question over and over again.
61a
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τό γε τέλεον καὶ πᾶσιν αἱρετὸν καὶ τὸ παντάπασιν ἀγαθὸν οὐδέτερον ἂν τούτων εἴη;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
τὸ τοίνυν ἀγαθὸν ἤτοι σαφῶς ἢ καί τινα τύπον αὐτοῦ ληπτέον, ἵν', ὅπερ ἐλέγομεν, δευτερεῖα ὅτῳ δώσομεν ἔχωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν ὁδὸν μέν τινα ἐπὶ τἀγαθὸν εἰλήφαμεν;
Πρώταρχος:
τίνα;
Σωκράτης:
καθάπερ εἴ τίς τινα ἄνθρωπον ζητῶν τὴν οἴκησιν
61a
Socrates:
Then the perfect, that which is to be desired by all and is altogether good, is neither of these?
Protarchus:
Certainly not.
Socrates:
We must, then, gain a clear conception of the good, or at least an outline of it, that we may, as we said, know to what the second place is to be assigned.
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
And have we not found a road which leads to the good?
Protarchus:
What road?
Socrates:
If you were looking for a particular man and
61b
πρῶτον ὀρθῶς ἵν' οἰκεῖ πύθοιτο αὐτοῦ, μέγα τι δήπου πρὸς τὴν εὕρεσιν ἂν ἔχοι τοῦ ζητουμένου.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς δ' οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ νῦν δή τις λόγος ἐμήνυσεν ἡμῖν, ὥσπερ καὶ κατ' ἀρχάς, μὴ ζητεῖν ἐν τῷ ἀμείκτῳ βίῳ τἀγαθὸν ἀλλ' ἐν τῷ μεικτῷ.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε.
Σωκράτης:
ἐλπὶς μὴν πλείων ἐν τῷ μειχθέντι καλῶς τὸ ζητούμενον ἔσεσθαι φανερώτερον ἢ ἐν τῷ μή;
Πρώταρχος:
πολύ γε.
Σωκράτης:
τοῖς δὴ θεοῖς, ὦ Πρώταρχε, εὐχόμενοι κεραννύωμεν,
61b
first found out correctly where he lived, you would have made great progress towards finding him whom you sought.
Protarchus:
Yes, certainly.
Socrates:
And just now we received an indication, as we did in the beginning, that we must seek the good, not in the unmixed, but in the mixed life.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Surely there is greater hope that the object of our search will be clearly present in the well mixed life than in the life which is not well mixed?
Protarchus:
Far greater.
Socrates:
Let us make the mixture, Protarchus, with a prayer to the gods,
61c
εἴτε Διόνυσος εἴτε Ἥφαιστος εἴθ' ὅστις θεῶν ταύτην τὴν τιμὴν εἴληχε τῆς συγκράσεως.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν καθάπερ ἡμῖν οἰνοχόοις τισὶ παρεστᾶσι κρῆναι—μέλιτος μὲν ἂν ἀπεικάζοι τις τὴν τῆς ἡδονῆς, τὴν δὲ τῆς φρονήσεως νηφαντικὴν καὶ ἄοινον αὐστηροῦ καὶ ὑγιεινοῦ τινος ὕδατος—ἃς προθυμητέον ὡς κάλλιστα συμμειγνύναι.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
61c
to Dionysus or Hephaestus, or whoever he be who presides over the mixing.
Protarchus:
By all means.
Socrates:
We are like wine-pourers, and beside us are fountains—that of pleasure may be likened to a fount of honey, and the sober, wineless fount of wisdom to one of pure, health-giving water—of which we must do our best to mix as well as possible.
Protarchus:
Certainly we must.
61d
Σωκράτης:
φέρε δὴ πρότερον: ἆρα πᾶσαν ἡδονὴν πάσῃ φρονήσει μειγνύντες τοῦ καλῶς ἂν μάλιστα ἐπιτύχοιμεν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἴσως.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλ' οὐκ ἀσφαλές. ᾗ δὲ ἀκινδυνότερον ἂν μειγνύοιμεν, δόξαν μοι δοκῶ τινα ἀποφήνασθαι ἄν.
Πρώταρχος:
λέγε τίνα.
Σωκράτης:
ἦν ἡμῖν ἡδονή τε ἀληθῶς, ὡς οἰόμεθα, μᾶλλον ἑτέρας ἄλλη καὶ δὴ καὶ τέχνη τέχνης ἀκριβεστέρα;
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
καὶ ἐπιστήμη δὴ ἐπιστήμης διάφορος, ἡ μὲν ἐπὶ
61d
Socrates:
Before we make the mixture, tell me: should we be most likely to succeed by mixing all pleasure with all wisdom?
Protarchus:
Perhaps.
Socrates:
But that is not safe; and I think I can offer a plan by which we can make our mixture with less risk.
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
We found, I believe, that one pleasure was greater than another and one art more exact than another?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
And knowledge was of two kinds, one turning its eyes towards transitory things,
61e
τὰ γιγνόμενα καὶ ἀπολλύμενα ἀποβλέπουσα, ἡ δ' ἐπὶ τὰ μήτε γιγνόμενα μήτε ἀπολλύμενα, κατὰ ταὐτὰ δὲ καὶ ὡσαύτως ὄντα ἀεί. ταύτην εἰς τὸ ἀληθὲς ἐπισκοπούμενοι ἡγησάμεθα ἐκείνης ἀληθεστέραν εἶναι.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν ὀρθῶς.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν εἰ τἀληθέστατα τμήματα ἑκατέρας ἴδοιμεν πρῶτον συμμείξαντες, ἆρα ἱκανὰ ταῦτα συγκεκραμένα τὸν ἀγαπητότατον βίον ἀπεργασάμενα παρέχειν ἡμῖν, ἤ τινος ἔτι προσδεόμεθα καὶ τῶν μὴ τοιούτων;
61e
the other towards things which neither come into being nor pass away, but are the same and immutable for ever. Considering them with a view to truth, we judged that the latter was truer than the former.
Protarchus:
That is quite right.
Socrates:
Then what if we first mix the truest sections of each and see whether, when mixed together, they are capable of giving us the most adorable life, or whether we still need something more and different?
62a
Πρώταρχος:
ἐμοὶ γοῦν δοκεῖ δρᾶν οὕτως.
Σωκράτης:
ἔστω δή τις ἡμῖν φρονῶν ἄνθρωπος αὐτῆς περὶ δικαιοσύνης ὅτι ἔστιν, καὶ λόγον ἔχων ἑπόμενον τῷ νοεῖν, καὶ δὴ καὶ περὶ τῶν ἄλλων πάντων τῶν ὄντων ὡσαύτως διανοούμενος.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔστω γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν οὗτος ἱκανῶς ἐπιστήμης ἕξει, κύκλου μὲν καὶ σφαίρας αὐτῆς τῆς θείας τὸν λόγον ἔχων, τὴν δὲ ἀνθρωπίνην ταύτην σφαῖραν καὶ τοὺς κύκλους τούτους ἀγνοῶν,
62a
Protarchus:
I think that is what we should do.
Socrates:
Let us assume, then, a man who possesses wisdom about the nature of justice itself, and reason in accordance with his wisdom, and has the same kind of knowledge of all other things.
Protarchus:
Agreed.
Socrates:
Now will this man have sufficient knowledge, if he is master of the theory of the divine circle and sphere, but is ignorant of our human sphere and human circles, even when he uses these
62b
καὶ χρώμενος ἐν οἰκοδομίᾳ καὶ τοῖς ἄλλοις ὁμοίως κανόσι καὶ τοῖς κύκλοις;
Πρώταρχος:
γελοίαν διάθεσιν ἡμῶν, ὦ Σώκρατες, ἐν ταῖς θείαις οὖσαν μόνον ἐπιστήμαις λέγομεν.
Σωκράτης:
πῶς φῄς; ἦ τοῦ ψευδοῦς κανόνος ἅμα καὶ τοῦ κύκλου τὴν οὐ βέβαιον οὐδὲ καθαρὰν τέχνην ἐμβλητέον κοινῇ καὶ συγκρατέον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀναγκαῖον γάρ, εἰ μέλλει τις ἡμῶν καὶ τὴν ὁδὸν ἑκάστοτε ἐξευρήσειν οἴκαδε.
62b
and other kinds of rules or patterns in building houses?
Protarchus:
We call that a ridiculous state of intellect in a man, Socrates, which is concerned only with divine knowledge.
Socrates:
What? Do you mean to say that the uncertain and impure art of the false rule and circle is to be put into our mixture?
Protarchus:
Yes, that is inevitable, if any man is ever to find his own way home.
Socrates:
And must we add music, which we said a little while ago
62c
Σωκράτης:
ἦ καὶ μουσικήν, ἣν ὀλίγον ἔμπροσθεν ἔφαμεν στοχάσεώς τε καὶ μιμήσεως μεστὴν οὖσαν καθαρότητος ἐνδεῖν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀναγκαῖον φαίνεται ἔμοιγε, εἴπερ γε ἡμῶν ὁ βίος ἔσται καὶ ὁπωσοῦν ποτε βίος.
Σωκράτης:
βούλει δῆτα, ὥσπερ θυρωρὸς ὑπ' ὄχλου τις ὠθούμενος καὶ βιαζόμενος, ἡττηθεὶς ἀναπετάσας τὰς θύρας ἀφῶ πάσας τὰς ἐπιστήμας εἰσρεῖν καὶ μείγνυσθαι ὁμοῦ καθαρᾷ τὴν ἐνδεεστέραν;
62c
was full of guesswork and imitation and lacked purity?
Protarchus:
Yes, I think we must, if our life is to be life at all.
Socrates:
Shall I, then, like a doorkeeper who is pushed and hustled by a mob, give up, open the door, and let all the kinds of knowledge stream in, the impure mingling with the pure?
62d
Πρώταρχος:
οὔκουν ἔγωγε οἶδα, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὅτι τις ἂν βλάπτοιτο πάσας λαβὼν τὰς ἄλλας ἐπιστήμας, ἔχων τὰς πρώτας.
Σωκράτης:
μεθιῶ δὴ τὰς συμπάσας ῥεῖν εἰς τὴν τῆς Ὁμήρου καὶ μάλα ποιητικῆς μισγαγκείας ὑποδοχήν;
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
μεθεῖνται: καὶ πάλιν ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἡδονῶν πηγὴν ἰτέον. ὡς γὰρ διενοήθημεν αὐτὰς μειγνύναι, τὰ τῶν ἀληθῶν μόρια πρῶτον, οὐκ ἐξεγένεθ' ἡμῖν, ἀλλὰ διὰ τὸ πᾶσαν ἀγαπᾶν ἐπιστήμην εἰς ταὐτὸν μεθεῖμεν ἁθρόας καὶ πρόσθεν
62d
Protarchus:
I do not know, Socrates, what harm it can do a man to take in all the other kinds of knowledge if he has the first.
Socrates:
Shall I, then, let them all flow into what Homer very poetically calls “the mingling of the vales?”
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
They are let in; and now we must turn again to the spring of pleasure. For our original plan for making the mixture, by taking first the true parts, did not succeed; because of our love of knowledge,
62e
τῶν ἡδονῶν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα λέγεις.
Σωκράτης:
ὥρα δὴ βουλεύεσθαι νῷν καὶ περὶ τῶν ἡδονῶν, πότερα καὶ ταύτας πάσας ἁθρόας ἀφετέον ἢ καὶ τούτων πρώτας μεθετέον ἡμῖν ὅσαι ἀληθεῖς.
Πρώταρχος:
πολύ τι διαφέρει πρός γε ἀσφάλειαν πρώτας τὰς ἀληθεῖς ἀφεῖναι.
Σωκράτης:
μεθείσθων δή. τί δὲ μετὰ ταῦτα; ἆρ' οὐκ εἰ μέν τινες ἀναγκαῖαι, καθάπερ ἐκεῖ, συμμεικτέον καὶ ταύτας;
Πρώταρχος:
τί δ' οὔ; τάς γε ἀναγκαίας δήπουθεν.
62e
we let all kinds of knowledge in together before pleasure.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
So now it is time for us to consider about pleasures also, whether these, too, shall be all let loose together, or we shall let only the true ones loose at first.
Protarchus:
It is much safer to let loose the true first.
Socrates:
We will let them loose, then. But what next? If there are any necessary pleasures, as there were kinds of knowledge, must we not mix them with the true?
Protarchus:
Of course; the necessary pleasures must certainly be added.
63a
Σωκράτης:
εἰ δέ γε καί, καθάπερ τὰς τέχνας πάσας ἀβλαβές τε καὶ ὠφέλιμον ἦν ἐπίστασθαι διὰ βίου, καὶ νῦν δὴ ταὐτὰ λέγομεν περὶ τῶν ἡδονῶν, εἴπερ πάσας ἡδονὰς ἥδεσθαι διὰ βίου συμφέρον τε ἡμῖν ἐστι καὶ ἀβλαβὲς ἅπασι, πάσας συγκρατέον.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς οὖν δὴ περὶ αὐτῶν τούτων λέγωμεν; καὶ πῶς ποιῶμεν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐχ ἡμᾶς, ὦ Πρώταρχε, διερωτᾶν χρή, τὰς ἡδονὰς δὲ αὐτὰς καὶ τὰς φρονήσεις διαπυνθανομένους τὸ τοιόνδε ἀλλήλων πέρι.
63a
Socrates:
And as we said it was harmless and useful to know all the arts throughout our life, if we now say the same of pleasures—that is, if it is advantageous and harmless for us to enjoy all pleasures throughout life—they must all form part of the mixture.
Protarchus:
What shall we say about these pleasures, and what shall we do?
Socrates:
There is no use in asking us, Protarchus; we must ask the pleasures and the arts and sciences themselves
63b
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
“ὦ φίλαι, εἴτε ἡδονὰς ὑμᾶς χρὴ προσαγορεύειν εἴτε ἄλλῳ ὁτῳοῦν ὀνόματι, μῶν οὐκ ἂν δέξαισθε οἰκεῖν μετὰ φρονήσεως πάσης ἢ χωρὶς τοῦ φρονεῖν;” οἶμαι μὲν πρὸς ταῦτα τόδ' αὐτὰς ἀναγκαιότατον εἶναι λέγειν.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὅτι καθάπερ ἔμπροσθεν ἐρρήθη, “τὸ μόνον καὶ ἔρημον εἰλικρινὲς εἶναί τι γένος οὔτε πάνυ τι δυνατὸν οὔτ'
63b
about one another.
Protarchus:
What shall we ask them?
Socrates:
“Dear ones—whether you should be called pleasures or by any other name—would you choose to dwell with all wisdom, or with none at all?” I think only one reply is possible.
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
What we said before: “For any class to be alone, solitary, and unalloyed is neither altogether possible nor is it profitable; but of all classes,
63c
ὠφέλιμον: πάντων γε μὴν ἡγούμεθα γενῶν ἄριστον ἓν ἀνθ' ἑνὸς συνοικεῖν ἡμῖν τὸ τοῦ γιγνώσκειν τἆλλά τε πάντα καὶ [αὖ τὴν] αὐτὴν ἡμῶν τελέως εἰς δύναμιν ἑκάστην.”
Πρώταρχος:
“καὶ καλῶς γε εἰρήκατε τὰ νῦν,” φήσομεν.
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς. πάλιν τοίνυν μετὰ τοῦτο τὴν φρόνησιν καὶ τὸν νοῦν ἀνερωτητέον: “ἆρ' ἡδονῶν τι προσδεῖσθε ἐν τῇ συγκράσει;” φαῖμεν ἂν αὖ τὸν νοῦν τε καὶ τὴν φρόνησιν ἀνερωτῶντες. “ποίων,” φαῖεν ἂν ἴσως, “ἡδονῶν;”
Πρώταρχος:
εἰκός.
63c
comparing them one with another, we think the best to live with is the knowledge of all other things and, so far as is possible, the perfect knowledge of our individual selves.”
Protarchus:
“Your reply is excellent,” we shall tell them.
Socrates:
Right. And next we must turn to wisdom and mind, and question them. We shall ask them, “Do you want any further pleasures in the mixture?” And they might reply, “What pleasures?”
Protarchus:
Quite likely.
63d
Σωκράτης:
ὁ δέ γ' ἡμέτερος λόγος μετὰ τοῦτ' ἐστὶν ὅδε. “πρὸς ταῖς ἀληθέσιν ἐκείναις ἡδοναῖς,” φήσομεν, “ἆρ' ἔτι προσδεῖσθ' ὑμῖν τὰς μεγίστας ἡδονὰς συνοίκους εἶναι καὶ τὰς σφοδροτάτας;” “καὶ πῶς, ὦ Σώκρατες,” ἴσως φαῖεν ἄν, “αἵ γ' ἐμποδίσματά τε μυρία ἡμῖν ἔχουσι, τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν αἷς οἰκοῦμεν ταράττουσαι διὰ μανίας [ἡδονάσ], καὶ γίγνεσθαί
63d
Socrates:
Then we should go on to say: “In addition to those true pleasures, do you want the greatest and most intense pleasures also to dwell with you?” “How can we want them, Socrates,” they might perhaps say, “since they contain countless hindrances for us, inasmuch as they disturb with maddening pleasures the souls of men in which we dwell, thereby preventing us from being born at all, and utterly destroying
63e
τε ἡμᾶς τὴν ἀρχὴν οὐκ ἐῶσι, τά τε γιγνόμενα ἡμῶν τέκνα ὡς τὸ πολύ, δι' ἀμέλειαν λήθην ἐμποιοῦσαι, παντάπασι διαφθείρουσιν; ἀλλ' ἅς τε ἡδονὰς ἀληθεῖς καὶ καθαρὰς [ἃσ] εἶπες, σχεδὸν οἰκείας ἡμῖν νόμιζε, καὶ πρὸς ταύταις τὰς μεθ' ὑγιείας καὶ τοῦ σωφρονεῖν, καὶ δὴ καὶ συμπάσης ἀρετῆς ὁπόσαι καθάπερ θεοῦ ὀπαδοὶ γιγνόμεναι αὐτῇ συνακολουθοῦσι πάντῃ, ταύτας μείγνυ: τὰς δ' ἀεὶ μετ' ἀφροσύνης καὶ τῆς ἄλλης κακίας ἑπομένας πολλή που ἀλογία τῷ νῷ μειγνύναι τὸν βουλόμενον ὅτι καλλίστην ἰδόντα καὶ ἀστασιαστοτάτην μεῖξιν
63e
for the most part, through the carelessness and forgetfulness which they engender, those of our children which are born? But the true and pure pleasures, of which you spoke, you must consider almost our own by nature, and also those which are united with health and self-restraint, and furthermore all those which are handmaids of virtue in general and follow everywhere in its train as if it were a god,—add these to the mixture; but as for the pleasures which follow after folly and all baseness, it would be very senseless for anyone who desires to discover the most beautiful and most restful mixture or compound,
64a
καὶ κρᾶσιν, ἐν ταύτῃ μαθεῖν πειρᾶσθαι τί ποτε ἔν τ' ἀνθρώπῳ καὶ τῷ παντὶ πέφυκεν ἀγαθὸν καὶ τίνα ἰδέαν αὐτὴν εἶναί ποτε μαντευτέον.” ἆρ' οὐκ ἐμφρόνως ταῦτα καὶ ἐχόντως ἑαυτὸν τὸν νοῦν φήσομεν ὑπέρ τε αὑτοῦ καὶ μνήμης καὶ δόξης ὀρθῆς ἀποκρίνασθαι τὰ νῦν ῥηθέντα;
Πρώταρχος:
παντάπασι μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἀλλὰ μὴν καὶ τόδε γε ἀναγκαῖον, καὶ οὐκ ἄλλως ἄν ποτε γένοιτο οὐδ' ἂν ἕν.
64a
and to try to learn which of its elements is good in man and the universe, and what we should divine its nature to be, to mix these with mind.” Shall we not say that this reply which mind has now made for itself and memory and right opinion is wise and reasonable?
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
But another addition is surely necessary, without which nothing whatsoever can ever come into being.
64b
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὧι μὴ μείξομεν ἀλήθειαν, οὐκ ἄν ποτε τοῦτο ἀληθῶς γίγνοιτο οὐδ' ἂν γενόμενον εἴη.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ ἄν;
Σωκράτης:
οὐδαμῶς. ἀλλ' εἴ τινος ἔτι προσδεῖ τῇ συγκράσει ταύτῃ, λέγετε σὺ καὶ Φίληβος. ἐμοὶ μὲν γὰρ καθαπερεὶ κόσμος τις ἀσώματος ἄρξων καλῶς ἐμψύχου σώματος ὁ νῦν λόγος ἀπειργάσθαι φαίνεται.
Πρώταρχος:
καὶ ἐμοὶ τοίνυν, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὕτω λέγε δεδόχθαι.
64b
Protarchus:
What is it?
Socrates:
That in which there is no admixture of truth can never truly come into being or exist.
Protarchus:
No, of course not.
Socrates:
No. But if anything is still wanting in our mixture, you and Philebus must speak of it. For to me it seems that our argument is now completed, as it were an incorporeal order which shall rule nobly a living body.
Protarchus:
And you may say, Socrates, that I am of the same opinion.
64c
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν ἐπὶ μὲν τοῖς τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ νῦν ἤδη προθύροις [καὶ] τῆς οἰκήσεως ἐφεστάναι [τῆς τοῦ τοιούτου] λέγοντες ἴσως ὀρθῶς ἄν τινα τρόπον φαῖμεν;
Πρώταρχος:
ἐμοὶ γοῦν δοκεῖ.
Σωκράτης:
τί δῆτα ἐν τῇ συμμείξει τιμιώτατον ἅμα καὶ μάλιστ' αἴτιον εἶναι δόξειεν ἂν ἡμῖν τοῦ πᾶσιν γεγονέναι προσφιλῆ τὴν τοιαύτην διάθεσιν; τοῦτο γὰρ ἰδόντες μετὰ τοῦτ' ἐπισκεψόμεθα εἴθ' ἡδονῇ εἴτε τῷ νῷ προσφυέστερον καὶ οἰκειότερον ἐν τῷ παντὶ συνέστηκεν.
64c
Socrates:
And if we were to say that we are now in the vestibule of the good and of the dwelling of the good, should we not be speaking the truth after a fashion?
Protarchus:
I certainly think so.
Socrates:
What element, then, of the mixture would appear to us to be the most precious and also the chief cause why such a state is beloved of all? When we have discovered this, we will then consider whether it is more closely attached and more akin to pleasure or to mind in the universe.
64d
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθῶς: τοῦτο γὰρ εἰς τὴν κρίσιν ἡμῖν ἐστι συμφορώτατον.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν καὶ συμπάσης γε μείξεως οὐ χαλεπὸν ἰδεῖν τὴν αἰτίαν, δι' ἣν ἢ παντὸς ἀξία γίγνεται ἡτισοῦν ἢ τὸ παράπαν οὐδενός.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
οὐδείς που τοῦτο ἀνθρώπων ἀγνοεῖ.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ ποῖον;
Σωκράτης:
ὅτι μέτρου καὶ τῆς συμμέτρου φύσεως μὴ τυχοῦσα ἡτισοῦν καὶ ὁπωσοῦν σύγκρασις πᾶσα ἐξ ἀνάγκης ἀπόλλυσι τά τε κεραννύμενα καὶ πρώτην αὑτήν: οὐδὲ
64d
Protarchus:
Right; for that is most serviceable to us in forming our judgement.
Socrates:
And it is quite easy to see the cause which makes any mixture whatsoever either of the highest value or of none at all.
Protarchus:
What do you mean?
Socrates:
Why, everybody knows that.
Protarchus:
Knows what?
Socrates:
That any compound, however made, which lacks measure and proportion, must necessarily destroy its components and first of all itself;
64e
γὰρ κρᾶσις ἀλλά τις ἄκρατος συμπεφορημένη ἀληθῶς ἡ τοιαύτη γίγνεται ἑκάστοτε ὄντως τοῖς κεκτημένοις συμφορά.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
Σωκράτης:
νῦν δὴ καταπέφευγεν ἡμῖν ἡ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ δύναμις εἰς τὴν τοῦ καλοῦ φύσιν: μετριότης γὰρ καὶ συμμετρία κάλλος δήπου καὶ ἀρετὴ πανταχοῦ συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μὴν ἀλήθειάν γε ἔφαμεν αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κράσει μεμεῖχθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
πάνυ γε.
64e
for it is in truth no compound, but an uncompounded jumble, and is always a misfortune to those who possess it.
Protarchus:
Perfectly true.
Socrates:
So now the power of the good has taken refuge in the nature of the beautiful; for measure and proportion are everywhere identified with beauty and virtue.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
We said that truth also was mingled with them in the compound.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Then if we cannot catch the good with the aid of one idea,
65a
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν εἰ μὴ μιᾷ δυνάμεθα ἰδέᾳ τὸ ἀγαθὸν θηρεῦσαι, σὺν τρισὶ λαβόντες, κάλλει καὶ συμμετρίᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ, λέγωμεν ὡς τοῦτο οἷον ἓν ὀρθότατ' ἂν αἰτιασαίμεθ' ἂν τῶν ἐν τῇ συμμείξει, καὶ διὰ τοῦτο ὡς ἀγαθὸν ὂν τοιαύτην αὐτὴν γεγονέναι.
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα μὲν οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
ἤδη τοίνυν, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ἱκανὸς ἡμῖν γένοιτ' ἂν ὁστισοῦν κριτὴς ἡδονῆς τε πέρι καὶ φρονήσεως, ὁπότερον
65a
let us run it down with three—beauty, proportion, and truth, and let us say that these, considered as one, may more properly than all other components of the mixture be regarded as the cause, and that through the goodness of these the mixture itself has been made good.
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
So now, Protarchus, any one would be able to judge about pleasure and wisdom,
65b
αὐτοῖν τοῦ ἀρίστου συγγενέστερόν τε καὶ τιμιώτερον ἐν ἀνθρώποις τέ ἐστι καὶ θεοῖς.
Πρώταρχος:
δῆλον μέν, ὅμως δ' οὖν τῷ λόγῳ ἐπεξελθεῖν βέλτιον.
Σωκράτης:
καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον τοίνυν τῶν τριῶν πρὸς τὴν ἡδονὴν καὶ τὸν νοῦν κρίνωμεν: δεῖ γὰρ ἰδεῖν ποτέρῳ <ὡσ> μᾶλλον συγγενὲς ἕκαστον αὐτῶν ἀπονεμοῦμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
κάλλους καὶ ἀληθείας καὶ μετριότητος πέρι λέγεις;
Σωκράτης:
ναί. πρῶτον δέ γε ἀληθείας λαβοῦ, ὦ Πρώταρχε:
65b
and to decide which of them is more akin to the highest good and of greater value among men and gods.
Protarchus:
That is clear; but still it is better to carry on the discussion to the end.
Socrates:
Let us, then, judge each of the three separately in its relation to pleasure and mind; for it is our duty to see to which of the two we shall assign each of them as more akin.
Protarchus:
You refer to beauty, truth, and measure?
Socrates:
Yes. Take truth first, Protarchus; take it and look at the three—mind, truth,
65c
καὶ λαβόμενος βλέψας εἰς τρία, νοῦν καὶ ἀλήθειαν καὶ ἡδονήν, πολὺν ἐπισχὼν χρόνον ἀπόκριναι σαυτῷ πότερον ἡδονὴ συγγενέστερον ἢ νοῦς ἀληθείᾳ.
Πρώταρχος:
τί δὲ χρόνου δεῖ; πολὺ γὰρ οἶμαι διαφέρετον. ἡδονὴ μὲν γὰρ ἁπάντων ἀλαζονίστατον, ὡς δὲ λόγος, καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡδοναῖς ταῖς περὶ τἀφροδίσια, αἳ δὴ μέγισται δοκοῦσιν εἶναι, καὶ τὸ ἐπιορκεῖν συγγνώμην εἴληφε παρὰ θεῶν, ὡς
65c
and pleasure; take plenty of time, and answer to yourself whether pleasure or mind is more akin to truth.
Protarchus:
Why take time? For the difference, to my mind, is great. For pleasure is the greatest of impostors, and the story goes that in the pleasures of love, which are said to be the greatest, perjury is even pardoned by the gods, as if the pleasures were like children, utterly devoid of all sense.
65d
καθάπερ παίδων τῶν ἡδονῶν νοῦν οὐδὲ τὸν ὀλίγιστον κεκτημένων: νοῦς δὲ ἤτοι ταὐτὸν καὶ ἀλήθειά ἐστιν ἢ πάντων ὁμοιότατόν τε καὶ ἀληθέστατον.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν τὸ μετὰ τοῦτο τὴν μετριότητα ὡσαύτως σκέψαι, πότερον ἡδονὴ φρονήσεως ἢ φρόνησις ἡδονῆς πλείω κέκτηται;
Πρώταρχος:
εὔσκεπτόν γε καὶ ταύτην σκέψιν προβέβληκας: οἶμαι γὰρ ἡδονῆς μὲν καὶ περιχαρείας οὐδὲν τῶν ὄντων πεφυκὸς ἀμετρώτερον εὑρεῖν ἄν τινα, νοῦ δὲ καὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐμμετρώτερον οὐδ' ἂν ἕν ποτε.
65d
But mind is either identical with truth or of all things most like it and truest.
Socrates:
Next, then, consider measure in the same way, and see whether pleasure possesses more of it than wisdom, or wisdom than pleasure.
Protarchus:
That also is an easy thing to consider. For I think nothing in the world could be found more immoderate than pleasure and its transports, and nothing more in harmony with measure than mind and knowledge.
65e
Σωκράτης:
καλῶς εἴρηκας. ὅμως δ' ἔτι λέγε τὸ τρίτον. νοῦς ἡμῖν κάλλους μετείληφε πλεῖον ἢ τὸ τῆς ἡδονῆς γένος, ὥστε εἶναι καλλίω νοῦν ἡδονῆς, ἢ τοὐναντίον;
Πρώταρχος:
ἀλλ' οὖν φρόνησιν μὲν καὶ νοῦν, ὦ Σώκρατες, οὐδεὶς πώποτε οὔθ' ὕπαρ οὔτ' ὄναρ αἰσχρὸν οὔτε εἶδεν οὔτε ἐπενόησεν οὐδαμῇ οὐδαμῶς οὔτε γιγνόμενον οὔτε ὄντα οὔτε ἐσόμενον.
Σωκράτης:
ὀρθῶς.
Πρώταρχος:
ἡδονὰς δέ γέ που, καὶ ταῦτα σχεδὸν τὰς μεγίστας, ὅταν ἴδωμεν ἡδόμενον ὁντινοῦν, ἢ τὸ γελοῖον ἐπ' αὐταῖς ἢ τὸ
65e
Socrates:
However, go on and tell about the third. Has mind or pleasure the greater share in beauty?
Protarchus:
But Socrates, no one, either asleep or awake, ever saw or knew wisdom or mind to be or become unseemly at any time or in any way whatsoever.
Socrates:
Right.
Protarchus:
But pleasures, and the greatest pleasures at that, when we see any one enjoying them and observe the ridiculous or utterly disgraceful element which accompanies them,
66a
πάντων αἴσχιστον ἑπόμενον ὁρῶντες αὐτοί τε αἰσχυνόμεθα καὶ ἀφανίζοντες κρύπτομεν ὅτι μάλιστα, νυκτὶ πάντα τὰ τοιαῦτα διδόντες, ὡς φῶς οὐ δέον ὁρᾶν αὐτά.
Σωκράτης:
πάντῃ δὴ φήσεις, ὦ Πρώταρχε, ὑπό τε ἀγγέλων πέμπων καὶ παροῦσι φράζων, ὡς ἡδονὴ κτῆμα οὐκ ἔστι πρῶτον οὐδ' αὖ δεύτερον, ἀλλὰ πρῶτον μέν πῃ περὶ μέτρον καὶ τὸ μέτριον καὶ καίριον καὶ πάντα ὁπόσα χρὴ τοιαῦτα νομίζειν, τὴν ἀίδιον ᾑρῆσθαι.
Πρώταρχος:
φαίνεται γοῦν ἐκ τῶν νῦν λεγομένων.
66a
fill us with a sense of shame; we put them out of sight and hide them, so far as possible; we confine everything of that sort to the night time, as unfit for the sight of day.
Socrates:
Then you will proclaim everywhere, Protarchus, by messengers to the absent and by speech to those present, that pleasure is not the first of possessions, nor even the second, but first the eternal nature has chosen measure, moderation, fitness, and all which is to be considered similar to these.
Protarchus:
That appears to result from what has now been said.
66b
Σωκράτης:
δεύτερον μὴν περὶ τὸ σύμμετρον καὶ καλὸν καὶ τὸ τέλεον καὶ ἱκανὸν καὶ πάνθ' ὁπόσα τῆς γενεᾶς αὖ ταύτης ἐστίν.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔοικε γοῦν.
Σωκράτης:
τὸ τοίνυν τρίτον, ὡς ἡ ἐμὴ μαντεία, νοῦν καὶ φρόνησιν τιθεὶς οὐκ ἂν μέγα τι τῆς ἀληθείας παρεξέλθοις.
Πρώταρχος:
ἴσως.
Σωκράτης:
ἆρ' οὖν οὐ τέταρτα, ἃ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς ἔθεμεν, ἐπιστήμας τε καὶ τέχνας καὶ δόξας ὀρθὰς λεχθείσας, ταῦτ'
66b
Socrates:
Second, then, comes proportion, beauty, perfection, sufficiency, and all that belongs to that class.
Protarchus:
Yes, so it appears.
Socrates:
And if you count mind and wisdom as the third, you will, I prophesy, not wander far from the truth.
Protarchus:
That may be.
Socrates:
And will you not put those properties fourth which we said belonged especially to the soul—sciences, arts, and true opinions they are called—
66c
εἶναι τὰ πρὸς τοῖς τρισὶ τέταρτα, εἴπερ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ γέ ἐστι μᾶλλον [ἢ] τῆς ἡδονῆς συγγενῆ;
Πρώταρχος:
τάχ' ἄν.
Σωκράτης:
πέμπτας τοίνυν, ἃς ἡδονὰς ἔθεμεν ἀλύπους ὁρισάμενοι, καθαρὰς ἐπονομάσαντες τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς, ἐπιστήμαις, τὰς δὲ αἰσθήσεσιν ἑπομένας;
Πρώταρχος:
ἴσως.
Σωκράτης:
“ἕκτῃ δ' ἐν γενεᾷ,” φησὶν Ὀρφεύς, “καταπαύσατε κόσμον ἀοιδῆς:” ἀτὰρ κινδυνεύει καὶ ὁ ἡμέτερος λόγος ἐν ἕκτῃ καταπεπαυμένος εἶναι κρίσει. τὸ δὴ μετὰ
66c
and say that these come after the first three, and are fourth, since they are more akin than pleasure to the good?
Protarchus:
Perhaps.
Socrates:
And fifth, those pleasures which we separated and classed as painless, which we called pure pleasures of the soul itself, those which accompany knowledge and, sometimes, perceptions?
Protarchus:
May be.
Socrates:
“But with the sixth generation,” says Orpheus, “cease the rhythmic song.” It seems that our discussion, too, is likely to cease with the sixth decision.
66d
ταῦθ' ἡμῖν οὐδὲν λοιπὸν πλὴν ὥσπερ κεφαλὴν ἀποδοῦναι τοῖς εἰρημένοις.
Πρώταρχος:
οὐκοῦν χρή.
Σωκράτης:
ἴθι δή, τὸ τρίτον τῷ σωτῆρι τὸν αὐτὸν διαμαρτυράμενοι λόγον ἐπεξέλθωμεν.
Πρώταρχος:
ποῖον δή;
Σωκράτης:
Φίληβος τἀγαθὸν ἐτίθετο ἡμῖν ἡδονὴν εἶναι πᾶσαν καὶ παντελῆ.
Πρώταρχος:
τὸ τρίτον, ὦ Σώκρατες, ὡς ἔοικας, ἔλεγες ἀρτίως τὸν ἐξ ἀρχῆς ἐπαναλαβεῖν δεῖν λόγον.
66d
So after this nothing remains for us but to give our discussion a sort of head.
Protarchus:
Yes, that should be done.
Socrates:
Come then, let us for the third time call the same argument to witness before Zeus the saviour, and proceed.
Protarchus:
What argument?
Socrates:
Philebus declared that pleasure was entirely and in all respects the good.
Protarchus:
Apparently, Socrates, when you said “the third time” just now, you meant that we must take up our argument again from the beginning.
66e
Σωκράτης:
ναί, τὸ δέ γε μετὰ τοῦτο ἀκούωμεν. ἐγὼ γὰρ δὴ κατιδὼν ἅπερ νυνδὴ διελήλυθα, καὶ δυσχεράνας τὸν Φιλήβου λόγον οὐ μόνον ἀλλὰ καὶ ἄλλων πολλάκις μυρίων, εἶπον ὡς ἡδονῆς γε νοῦς εἴη μακρῷ βέλτιόν τε καὶ ἄμεινον τῷ τῶν ἀνθρώπων βίῳ.
Πρώταρχος:
ἦν ταῦτα.
Σωκράτης:
ὑποπτεύων δέ γε καὶ ἄλλα εἶναι πολλὰ εἶπον ὡς εἰ φανείη τι τούτοιν ἀμφοῖν βέλτιον, ὑπὲρ τῶν δευτερείων νῷ πρὸς ἡδονὴν συνδιαμαχοίμην, ἡδονὴ δὲ καὶ δευτερείων στερήσοιτο.
66e
Socrates:
Yes; but let us hear what follows. For I, perceiving the truths which I have now been detailing, and annoyed by the theory held not only by Philebus but by many thousands of others, said that mind was a far better and more excellent thing for human life than pleasure.
Protarchus:
True.
Socrates:
But suspecting that there were many other things to be considered, I said that if anything should be found better than these two, I should support mind against pleasure in the struggle for the second place, and even the second place would be lost by pleasure.
67a
Πρώταρχος:
εἶπες γὰρ οὖν.
Σωκράτης:
καὶ μετὰ ταῦτά γε πάντων ἱκανώτατα τούτοιν οὐδέτερον ἱκανὸν ἐφάνη.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν παντάπασιν ἐν τούτῳ τῷ λόγῳ καὶ νοῦς ἀπήλλακτο καὶ ἡδονὴ μή τοι τἀγαθόν γε αὐτὸ μηδ' ἕτερον αὐτοῖν εἶναι, στερομένοιν αὐταρκείας καὶ τῆς τοῦ ἱκανοῦ καὶ τελέου δυνάμεως;
Πρώταρχος:
ὀρθότατα.
Σωκράτης:
φανέντος δέ γε ἄλλου τρίτου κρείττονος τούτοιν ἑκατέρου, μυρίῳ γ' αὖ νοῦς ἡδονῆς οἰκειότερον καὶ προσφυέστερον πέφανται νῦν τῇ τοῦ νικῶντος ἰδέᾳ.
Πρώταρχος:
πῶς γὰρ οὔ;
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν πέμπτον κατὰ τὴν κρίσιν, ἣν νῦν ὁ λόγος ἀπεφήνατο, γίγνοιτ' ἂν ἡ τῆς ἡδονῆς δύναμις.
Πρώταρχος:
ἔοικεν.
67a
Protarchus:
Yes, that is what you said.
Socrates:
And next it was most sufficiently proved that each of these two was insufficient.
Protarchus:
Very true.
Socrates:
In this argument, then, both mind and pleasure were set aside; neither of them is the absolute good, since they are devoid of self-sufficiency, adequacy, and perfection?
Protarchus:
Quite right.
Socrates:
And on the appearance of a third competitor, better than either of these, mind is now found to be ten thousand times more akin than pleasure to the victor.
Protarchus:
Certainly.
Socrates:
Then, according to the judgement which has now been given by our discussion, the power of pleasure would be fifth.
Protarchus:
So it seems.
67b
Σωκράτης:
πρῶτον δέ γε οὐδ' ἂν οἱ πάντες βόες τε καὶ ἵπποι καὶ τἆλλα σύμπαντα θηρία φῶσι τῷ τὸ χαίρειν διώκειν: οἷς πιστεύοντες, ὥσπερ μάντεις ὄρνισιν, οἱ πολλοὶ κρίνουσι τὰς ἡδονὰς εἰς τὸ ζῆν ἡμῖν εὖ κρατίστας εἶναι, καὶ τοὺς θηρίων ἔρωτας οἴονται κυρίους εἶναι μάρτυρας μᾶλλον ἢ τοὺς τῶν ἐν μούσῃ φιλοσόφῳ μεμαντευμένων ἑκάστοτε λόγων.
Πρώταρχος:
ἀληθέστατα, ὦ Σώκρατες, εἰρῆσθαί σοι νῦν ἤδη φαμὲν ἅπαντες.
Σωκράτης:
οὐκοῦν καὶ ἀφίετέ με;
Πρώταρχος:
σμικρὸν ἔτι τὸ λοιπόν, ὦ Σώκρατες: οὐ γὰρ δήπου σύ γε ἀπερεῖς πρότερος ἡμῶν, ὑπομνήσω δέ σε τὰ λειπόμενα.
67b
Socrates:
But not first, even if all the cattle and horses and other beasts in the world, in their pursuit of enjoyment, so assert. Trusting in them, as augurs trust in birds, the many judge that pleasures are the greatest blessings in life, and they imagine that the lusts of beasts are better witnesses than are the aspirations and thoughts inspired by the philosophic muse.
Protarchus:
Socrates, we all now declare that what you have said is perfectly true.
Socrates:
Then you will let me go?
Protarchus:
There is still a little left, Socrates. I am sure you will not give up before we do, and I will remind you of what remains.